Home

Juniper Networks E320 Network Router User Manual

1. T 9003836 o modify a Crypto Accelerator Module configuration use the following procedures Removing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module on page 150 Installing a J4550 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module on page 152 Removing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module 150 m ES NOTE If you are installing a Crypto Accelerator Module into a J4350 Services Router for the first time proceed directly to Installing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module on page 152 To remove the Crypto Accelerator Module 1 Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface to receive the Crypto Module Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 Press and release the power button to power off the Services Router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off Unplug the power cord or cable from the power source receptacle Remove the screws from the sides and the top of the chassis and slide the cover off the chassis Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J435
2. q QS NO ES e 9003842 On some J4350 and J6350 Services Routers the compact flash is in a horizontal position while on others it is in a vertical position Figure 68 on page 150 shows the alternative horizontal orientation of the compact flash Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J4350 and J6350 Routers 8 129 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 130 m Figure 68 Alternative Horizontal Orientation of J4350 and J6350 Compact Flash H Compact flash drive ooo0o000g0 200000000 a D a wm S e 0 Es o o ER o o SON vn Puna dat Doro PAN one noch 9003838 To replace the compact flash lg 2 Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 Press and release the power button to power off the
3. End to End Name Connector Connector Hardware Conductors Pinouts EIA 530A DTE DB 25 male 4 40 threaded 23 Table 54 on page 184 jackscrews EIA 530A DCE DB 25 female 4 40 threaded jacknuts 22 Table 55 on page 185 V 35 DTE M 34 male Standard Normally 18 Table 56 on page 186 included with M 34 connector shell V 35 DCE M 34 female Standard Normally 18 Table 57 on page 187 included with M 34 connector shell X 21 DTE DB 15 male M3 threaded jackscrews 13 Table 58 on page 187 X 21 DCE DB 15 female M3 threaded jacknuts 13 Table 59 on page 188 RS 232 DTE Cable Pinout Table 50 RS 232 DTE Cable Pinout LFH 60 Pin DB 25 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Frame Ground 60 2 Transmit Data 1 3 Receive Data 48 4 Request to Send 57 5 Clear to Send 9 6 Data Set Ready 57 7 Signal Ground 15 8 Data Carrier Detect 56 15 Transmit Clock 5 17 Receive Clock 41 18 Local Loopback 55 20 Data Terminal Ready 52 24 Terminal Clock 22 to 21 180 1H Serial PIM Cable Specifications Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts Table 50 RS 232 DTE Cable Pinout continued LFH 60 Pin DB 25 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 18 to 17 ci RS 232 DCE Cable Pinout Table 51 RS 232 DCE Cable Pinout LFH 60 Pin DB 25 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Frame Ground 1 2 Trans
4. Function Color State Description LINK Green On steadily Port is online Unlit Off Port is offline TX RX Green Blinking Port is transmitting or receiving data Unlit Off Port might be online but it is not receiving data Console Port You can use the console port on the chassis front panel to connect to the Routing Engine through an RJ 45 serial cable From the chassis console port you can use the CLI to configure the router The console port is configured as data terminal equipment DTE and supports the RS 232 EIA 252 standard For information about securing the chassis console port see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide For pinout information see Chassis Console Port Pinouts on page 190 AUX Port The port labeled AUX on the front panel of the J series Services Router is for future use and is not activated USB Port The USB ports on the front panel of the router see Figure 8 on page 15 and Figure 9 on page 15 accept a USB storage device or USB storage device adapter with a compact flash installed as defined in the CompactFlash Specification published by the CompactFlash Association When a USB storage device is installed and configured it automatically acts as a secondary boot device if the internal compact flash fails on startup Depending on the size of the USB storage device you can also configure it J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features mm 17 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Service
5. 179 SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM ssssssssse 46 SFP Gigabit Ethernet ublMs cence 44 SSH defining configuration dito 112 defining access Quick Configuration 106 management ACCESS parhain riie ari 95 Standards compliance 2t ettet 232 startup Services Router StANGDY PO WET ironico a E ets status OU E cn 15 28 See also STATUS LEDs STATUS LEDs ADS POR das 57 channelized Ed POTES mistral eet rotes 51 channelized T1 DOE reip eerte 51 e br Lei CEET 49 t lee ET 52 ISON POTUS Lc ccm torn te ee ee ro et trea 56 FOUter Status saisie ret erri trae ve 15 27 Serial DOS cetero ba eres referee 48 SHDSL POPS dmt rad 59 POS tute e xti LED M Ee 49 TD POLS senso het peda sia ege 52 Storage media recovering internal compact flash 164 replacing the external compact flash 152 replacing the internal compact flash 126 129 replacing the USB storage device 154 support technical See technical support SX transceiver Gigabit Ethernet ePIM Gigabit Ethernet uPIM symmetric high speed digital subscriber line See SHDSL Synitax conventlons iet ttr e utes xviii system time defining Quick Configuration 105 A qd esed geen H 95 synchronizing configuration editor 112 synchronizing Quick Configuration 105 Index m 253 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide
6. C TETUR TUI TN ERN 192 RJ 48 connector to RJ 48 connector straiglit si auderem e era Potete 192 RS 232 DCE Serlal cable attt t 181 RS 232 DTE serial cable eese 180 RS 422 449 EIA 449 DCE serial cable 185 RS 422 449 EIA 449 DTE serial cable sal Oil SHDSL RJ 11 conpnector eu ereiaro 194 V 55 DCE serial cable 187 V 55 DTE serial cable 186 X21 DCE serial cablei sleine 188 X23 DTE serial cable talla es 187 plug types AC ii ee d 70 ports NN 94 ADSL See ADSL ports 250 m Index cables PIM installing cables WAN removing channelized See channelized El ports channelized T1 ports console Chassis xinh e 17 50 See also console port DS1 See El ports T1 ports DS3 See E3 ports T5 ports E1 See E1 ports E3 See E3 ports G SHDSL See SHDSL ports interface na esie oe eee ER 124 ISDN See ISDN BRI ports 32320 types supported ssssssss 58 2350 types supported iecit 58 4350 types supported tete 59 6350 types supported emet 39 O Osa ta 94 serial See serial ports SHDSL See SHDSL ports T1 See T1 ports T3 See T5 ports USB aite GARE a tastes fce a Dates 17 50 power AC power See AC power applying en da fee 89 DUONE t eset e dU ote hebes 14 27 GEDEELT coss et tte TA A ettet ds 84 consumption PIMS nn ai i 72 DC power See DC power grounding reouitrement cece eeeeeeeees 85
7. T T1 ports descriptions ese ar dra det bte 48 See also channelized T1 ports LED atea ta 49 RJ 48 cable Dinouts erer 191 T3 ports BNE connector piriouts i2 aem repe rs 194 descriptions xis eet tua LED Sta teS 2o technical publications Hat 2 tee etes technical support contacting TAG au t ote E RA URP EE xxii contacting JTAC for hardware return 172 information required for hardware return 172 telecommunications line wire gauge ee 215 Telnet defining access Quick Configuration 106 management accessisse EN pieni 95 temperature required for Operation 66 Routing Engine too warm 158 shutdown NEBS compliant routers 19 32 shutdown non NEBS compliant routers 32 A et reet e RA Eta e epe RR eng 229 temperature alarm air filter replacement for 154 terminology basic Connectivit A eae i RD 91 PIMS ueira e eeu ced thermal output time See system time tite ZONE eno eet eese exo Mad aha defining configuration editor defining Quick Configuration r ee A tolerances environmental tools and equipment for component replacement eee 119 for hardware return 173 troubleshooting root password TeCoerg 161 troubleshooting a Services Router hardware components chassis alarm conditomsg 158 offline PIMS eser eh reote d tie Ete mite pras 159 power mariagerment xot pectet Peta 159 turning on a Services Router eee 8
8. 9002335 9002336 e STATUS poRT 1 PORTO ISDN BRI PIMs provide the following key features m Onboard network processor m Bandwidth on demand Field Replaceable PIMs M 55 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 31 LEDs for ISDN BRI S T and U PIMs Dial on demand routing backup floating static and dialer watch For pinouts of cable connectors for ISDN PIMs see ISDN RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 195 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 ISDN LEDs indicate PIM and port status Table 51 on page 56 describes the meaning of the LED states Label Color State Description ONLINE Green Blinking Call setup is successful on either the B1 or B2 channel Green On steadily ISDN Layer 2 is active Amber On steadily m ISDN Layer 1 is active m ISDN Layer 2 is unavailable Red Disconnected m BRI interface port is not connected m ISDN Layer 1 is unavailable Unlit Off BRI interface is offline STATUS Green On steadily PIM is online and operational Red Disconnected PIM is not operational and needs replacement Unlit Off PIM is offline For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide ADSL PIM The ADSL PIM provides a single physical interface to asymmetric digital subscriber line ADSL network media types The ADSL PIM one supporting Annex A Figure 58 on page 57 over plain o
9. xix ER N EE 66 built in Ethernet ports See Gigabit Ethernet ports buttons POWER ester teen ay Meh ltd 14 27 RESET CONFIG 45 2 sede te irte 160 c cables AC power See AC power cords ADSL BILL PIRQUES cosita reete 194 arranging Tor sale ud pd de etes 123 chassis console port DB 9 connector DIFlOUES 2i cett tco titel lacras cla 191 chassis console port RJ 45 connector le E EE 190 connecting to network media 83 console port cable chassis connecting 99 102 console port cable chassis replacing 120 console port Copnpnectnmng cece eters 162 DC cables See DC power cables disconnecting PIM cables 123 242 m Index IN ite mna 191 Ethernet cable connecting 97 99 102 Ethernet rollover Connectimg eee 162 Fast Ethernet RJ 45 connector pinout 189 Gigabit Ethernet RJ 45 connector pinouts MD d ie e esee Lotes dello iet Rd 190 Gigabit Ethernet RJ 45 connector pinouts a IMS assises deg Fete t Pe Fete e eder 189 Giel TE 83 ISON RIA DIFIOULS o tee dread 195 PIM 110stallitig 25 Per teh 125 PIM TemoVIRg esL ege vest tr deed ege 125 reducing radio frequency interference RFI 68 serial EIA 550A DCE poinours eee 185 serial EIA 550A DTE pomours eee 184 serial PIM specfications 179 serial RS 232 DCE pDinoutrs eee 181 serial RS 232 DTE pinouts sss 180 serial RS 422 449 EIA 449 DCE pinouts 185 serial RS 422 449 EIA 44
10. caller ID Telephone number of the caller on the remote end of a backup ISDN connection used to dial in and also to identify the caller Multiple caller IDs can be configured on an ISDN dialer interface During dial in the router matches the incoming call s caller ID against the caller IDs configured on its dialer interfaces Each dialer interface accepts calls from only callers whose caller IDs are configured on it channel service unit CSU Unit that connects a digital telephone line to a multiplexer or other signal service data service unit DSU Unit that connects a data terminal equipment DTE device in this case a Services Router to a digital telephone line data terminal equipment to data communication equipment DTE DCE interface Interface that a Services Router the DTE uses to exchange information with a serial device such as a modem the DCE A DTE cable uses a male 9 pin or 25 pin connector and a DCE cable uses a female 9 pin or 25 pin connector demand circuit Interface configured for dial on demand routing backup In OSPF the demand circuit reduces the amount of OSPF traffic by removing all OSPF protocols when the routing domain is in a steady state dial backup Feature that reestablishes network connectivity through one or more backup ISDN dialer interfaces after a primary interface fails When the primary interface is reestablished the ISDN interface is disconnected d
11. For information about network interfaces and for configuration instructions see the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide This chapter contains the following topics m PIM Terms on page 35 m Field Replaceable PIMs on page 38 To understand PIM become familiar with the terms defined in Table 18 on page 36 PIM Terms WM 35 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 18 PIM Terms Term Definition ADSL 2 2 Annex A ITU T Standard G 992 1 that defines how ADSL works over plain old telephone service POTS lines ADSL 2 2 Annex B ITU T Standard G 992 1 that defines how ADSL works over Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN lines bandwidth on demand ISDN cost control feature defining the bandwidth threshold that must be reached on all links before a Services Router initiates additional ISDN data connections to provide more bandwidth Basic Rate Interface BRI ISDN interface intended for home and small enterprise applications BRI consists of two 64 Kbps B channels and one 16 Kbps D channel callback Alternative feature to dial in that enables a J series Services Router to call back the caller from the remote end of a backup ISDN connection Instead of accepting a call from the remote end of the connection the router rejects the call waits a configured period of time and calls a number configured on the router s dialer interface See also dial in
12. 2 Plug the PCMCIA adapter or USB card reader into the host PC and verify that the compact flash is recognized by the operating system 5 Select the appropriate recovery software package according to the size of your compact flash The uncompressed package must have the same size as the target compact flash capacity 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB or 1024 MB The recovery software package name indicates the size of the package For information about recovery software package names see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Recovering Primary Boot Devices m 165 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 4 Copy the software package to a temporary directory on the host PC and uncompress it with a compression utility such as WinZip 5 Copy the uncompressed software package from the temporary directory to the compact flash with one of the following commands CAUTION You must use the correct target device name Failure to do so might damage other storage devices connected to the host PC m OnaUNIX PC use the command dd if filename ofz dev device name Replace filename with the name of the uncompressed image and device name with the name of the unformatted PCMCIA card device For example root dd if junos jseries 7 0 20041028 0 export cf128 of dev hde 25036840 records in250368 0 records out Ona Windows 2000 or Windows XP PC use the Norton Ghost dd or physdiskwrite utility The following example shows the use of p
13. 2 Press and release the power button to power off the Services Router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off 5 Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is O V and that the cable leads cannot become active during installation Replacing Power System Components m 143 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide A CAUTION You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity The power source cables might be labeled and to indicate their polarity There is no standard color coding for DC power cables The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply 4 Remove the power cables from the DC power source 5 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal block 6 Within the terminal block remove the screws that fasten the power cable lugs to the terminal block 7 Carefully move the power cables out of the way 8 Slide the ejector tab on the power supply faceplate to the right and hold it in place to unlock the power supply 9 Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply Slide it halfway out of the chassis see Figure 79 on page 144 10 Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis 11 If yo
14. Figure 22 1 Port Gigabit Ethernet uPIM The 8 port and 16 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs shown in Figure 24 on page 42 and Figure 25 on page 42 have RJ 45 connectors Figure 24 8 Port Gigabit Ethernet uPIM 9002383 42 1H Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Features Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs provide the following key features m The multiport uPIMs can be used as switches in the access layer for connections to workstations and desktops For more information see the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide m Link speed for 8 port and 16 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs is configurable to 10 100 or 1000 Mbps and transmission mode is configurable to half or full duplex The 1 port and 6 port SFP Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs cannot be manually configured they are set at 1000 Mbps and full duplex m Autonegotiation m l port and 6 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs use SFP transceivers to allow different connectors to be used on uPIM ports These SFP Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs support 1000Base SX 1000Base LX and 1000Base T SFPs They do not support 1000Base LH SFPs 1000Base SX and 1000Base LX SFP transceivers have the following characteristics a Duplex LC PC connector Rx and Tx m Optical interface support See the JUNOS Software Administration Guide m Sport and 16 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs and SFPs on the 1 port and 6 port uPIMs support 1000Base T RJ 45 connectors For
15. m Understanding and using the CLI configuration editor Document Conventions Table 2 on page xviii defines the notice icons used in this guide Table 2 Notice Icons Icon Meaning Description uy Informational note Indicates important features or instructions A Caution Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage A Warning Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death EN Laser warning Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser Table 5 on page xviii defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide Table 3 Text and Syntax Conventions Convention Description Examples Bold text like this Represents text that you type To enter configuration mode type the configure command user host gt configure xviii m Document Conventions Table 3 Text and Syntax Conventions continued About This Guide Convention Description Examples Fixed width text like this Represents output that appears on the terminal screen user host gt show chassis alarms No alarms currently active Italic text like this Introduces important new terms Identifies book names Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles m A policy term is a named structure that defines match conditions and actions m JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide m REC 1997 BGP Communities Attribute Italic text like this Represents variables options
16. Configuring Basic Settings with a Configuration Editor To establish basic connectivity on a Services Router you identify the router connect the router to the network and specify basic network settings In a typical network the Services Router has the basic settings listed in Table 44 on page 110 Determine the values to set on the Services Router in your network Table 44 Sample Settings on a Services Router Services Router Property Sample Value Services Router hostname routera Access for user root SSH RSA public key IP address of the NTP server used to synchronize system time on the Services Router 10 148 2 21 Services Router location Sunnyvale California USA which is in the America Los_Angeles time zone 110 m Configuring Basic Settings with a Configuration Editor Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity Table 44 Sample Settings on a Services Router continued Services Router Property Sample Value IP address of the DNS server to which DNS requests are sent 10 148 2 32 Domains to which the Services Router belongs lab router net and router net IP address of a backup router to use while the Services Router is booting or if the routing protocol processes fail to start 192 168 2 12 24 Loopback IP address and prefix length for the Services Router 100 interface 172 16 1 24 32 IP address and prefix length for the Services Router ge 0 0 0
17. Figure 80 Installing a DC Power Supply AAN EE EE KS E XA Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J2320 and J2350 Routers The Crypto Accelerator Module is a processor card that enhances performance of cryptographic algorithms used in IP security IPSec services The Crypto Module is an optional feature on J2320 and J2350 Services Routers Figure 81 on page 146 shows the location of the Crypto Accelerator Module on J2320 and J2350 routers Figure 81 Crypto Accelerator Module Location on J2320 and J2350 Routers Front Crypto Accelerator Module 9004113 To remove or install a Crypto Accelerator Module use the following procedures m Removing a J2320 or J2550 Crypto Accelerator Module on page 147 m Installing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Accelerator Module on page 148 146 Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J2320 and J2350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Removing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Accelerator Module Se NOTE If you are installing a Crypto Accelerator Module into a J2320 or J2350 Services Router for the first time proceed directly to Installing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Accelerator Module on page 148 To remove the Crypto Accelerator Module 1 Place
18. Table 34 on page 66 specifies the environmental conditions required for normal Services Router operation In addition the site must be as dust free as possible Dust can clog air intake vents reducing cooling system efficiency Check vents frequently cleaning them as necessary Table 34 Router Environmental Tolerances Description Value Altitude o performance degradation to 10 000 ft 5048 m Relative humidity ormal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5 to 90 noncondensing Temperature ormal operation ensured in temperature range of 0 C 32 F to 40 C 104 F on operating storage temperature in shipping carton 40 C 40 F to 70 C 158 F Seismic Designed to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements Maximum thermal output J2320 chassis 1091 BTU hour 520 W J2350 chassis 1195 BTU hour 550 Wi J4350 chassis 1092 BTU hour 520 W J6350 chassis 1126 BTU hour 330 W Fire Safety Requirements Fire Suppression 66 In the event of a fire emergency involving Services Routers and other network equipment the safety of people is the primary concern Establish procedures for protecting people in the event of a fire emergency provide safety training and properly provision fire control equipment and fire extinguishers In addition establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire emergency Juniper Networks products must be installed in an env
19. 84 installing a J6350 power supply 141 12320 SYSTEM este et ote tte tutte Os et e 18 12350 Systems eaa bets de tert etie et 18 4350 SY Seca cal eet ete toe egt tts 50 JEC SYSTEM ete t ctr rre ee iyi emen 31 removing a 6550 power supply 140 FEGQUIFEIMENUS ia 69 safety guidelines eee airina 203 AC power cords electrical specifications 70 physical requireriernts aue rl 69 plug EIER io etie erp edi e 70 FREED du doeet e tO des Ies 159 accident steps to takes cre rtr erai d ie 211 ACTIVITY LED Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM 55 adapter console port ee 99 102 adapters for compact flash recover 165 addresses ge 0 0 0 for autoinstallation sss 94 eil rel eU TS 94 management Interface 94 ADSL PIM deScripLiOT Ius oet qot eo bete na ed ous 56 PIM ONLINE LED tic eei tot ed item ert 57 ADSL ports descriptions buc e ePi PRU 56 LED Staes s tuU E AMD RTL Le Aste ia 57 RJ 11 connector pinouts esce nme 194 agency 2pDrOVals conan ccoo rca 232 air filter JeSCEIDUOD d eere e eb da 19 52 LOTA TN 155 replacing sss tec EAR FO tiges 154 airflow deSscrpLlOT c di aaa 55 space requirement iei gen tee te ettet ttt 65 ALARM LED description indications alarms conditions in chassis components 158 ED etel dr e MM Es 15 28 alternative boot media See boot devices USB altitude requirement c ene opes rte tds 66 Annex A Annex B See
20. Connecting to the Console Port on the J4350 and J6350 Routers Serial port RJ 45 rollover cable Connecting to the CLI Remotely You can connect to the CLI from a remote location through two dial up modems a modem that is connected to the console port on the Services Router and a second modem connected to a remote management device The modem connection allows you to remotely perform the same console operations you can perform locally 100 HN Connecting to a Services Router Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity This section contains the following topics mw Configuring the Modem at the Router End on page 101 m Connecting the Modem to the Console Port on page 102 m Connecting to the CLI at the User End on page 102 Configuring the Modem at the Router End NOTE These instructions use Hayes compatible modem commands to configure the modem If your modem is not Hayes compatible refer to the documentation for your modem and enter equivalent modem commands Before you can connect a dial up modem to the console port on the Services Router you must configure the modem to accept a call on the first ring and accept Data Terminal Ready DTR signals You must also disable flow control on the modem To configure the modem on the router end 1 Connect the modem to a PC or laptop computer 2 Power on the modem 5 From the PC or laptop computer start your asynchronous terminal emulation application such as Microsof
21. Dual Port BT BIM eegen ane erp ia 48 Dual Port Fast Ethernet DIN 53 Dual Port Setial PIM e teet edens 47 D akPort TI PIM erede eerte 48 electrical specfications u sinr a a e 69 Taf Sr PEN N ED tL E Ee 32 Dron panele cosida 26 LNB E 119 GSHDSL BIM eege ege dettes 58 Gigabit Ethernet CPIM cec lin merci 44 Gigabit Ethernet UPIM Sitioco ip tet ttr teg 41 Dart ee deet ndis eA HORE Ye 20 hardware components oett re tiet da 24 hardware replacing iet 119 installation do e et e RC URP ERR 80 interfaces SU ppotrted die Ak eel mede 59 mounting brackets Instalting ee 81 OVGIVIeW Tones ia 5 physical specifications eerren 24 PIM OVEIVIEW e potete retten suds bs 38 PIMS Supported onis ets eis p tede teca reden 59 POLES Supported e do e o tton tes 59 power managements se incita 72 DOWEE SYSTEM enina eet e P E Re 50 restricted access installation 19 51 32 80 Routing Engine bardware 25 USB DOE etie eb e m eost e eh 30 4 Port Fast Ethernet PIM cesen 54 4 Port ISDN BRI S T PIM 55 4 Port ISDN BRI U BIM as 2i gh ee teet ds 55 ELSE BIM ite tette dH ertet be teg 56 air filter replacing sss st couch ea Ta Ne dette Eeer 154 DOOECSVIGES accio ter e e eodd boot sequence Chassis sc cente tete cooling system Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM 49 D ual Port El PIM are Leod eere eg 48 Dual Port Fast Ethernet DIN 55 Dual Port Serial DIN 47 Dual Port Th PIM reiset edad 48 E PIM E
22. Gigabit Ethernet Port LEDs Function Color State Description LINK Green On steadily Port is online Unlit Off Port is offline J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features M 29 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 16 Gigabit Ethernet Port LEDs continued Function Color State Description TX RX Green Blinking Port is transmitting or receiving data Unlit Off Port might be online but it is not receiving data Console Port You can use the console port on the chassis front panel to connect to the Routing Engine through an RJ 45 serial cable From the chassis console port you can use the CLI to configure the router The console port is configured as data terminal equipment DTE and supports the RS 252 EIA 252 standard For information about securing the chassis console port see the J series Services Router Administration Guide For pinout information see Chassis Console Port Pinouts on page 190 AUX Port The port labeled AUX on the front panel of the J4550 or J6350 Services Router is for future use and is not activated USB Port The USB ports on the front panel of the router see Figure 19 on page 26 accept a USB storage device or USB storage device adapter with a compact flash installed as defined in the CompactFlash Specification published by the CompactFlash Association When a USB storage device is installed and configured it automatically acts
23. Models OOOO AAA EII J 4350 JB DC N Serial III 0156012006000098 SR HH ALTA 0010dbd38580 Juniper ID Bo va 0070 INPUT AC 100 240V A 50 60 Hz INPUT DC 48V t0 60V MAX 208 Mado in Malaysia cw 003832 Serial ID label Locating Component Serial Numbers 8 171 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide PIM Serial Number Label PIMs are field replaceable Each PIM has a unique serial number The serial number label is located on the right side of the PIM when the PIM is horizontally oriented as it would be installed in the router The exact location might be slightly different on different PIMs depending on the placement of components on the PIM board Power Supply Serial Number Labels The power supplies installed in the J6350 Services Router are field replaceable Each power supply has a unique serial number The serial number label is located on the top of the power supply Contacting Customer Support After you have located the serial numbers of the components you need to return contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center JTAC in one of the following ways You can contact JTAC 24 hours a day seven days a week m On the Web using the Case Manager link at http www juniper net support m By telephone From the US and Canada 1 888 314 JTAC From all other locations 1 408 745 9500 If contacting JTAC by telephone enter your 1 1 digit case nu
24. Quick Configuration 106 management ACCESS doc cnr ipte noe ier 95 L labels serial UMD tana 169 170 laptop See management device lasers beam wating cee 223 Class 1 product warning ve open aperture warning 224 safety guidelines aii eese eei ttes 222 LEDs ACTIVITY status dual port PIM cee 55 ADSL PIM Status iioi tete 57 ADSL port Stallman d d eden geet OM eee bap decent 57 ALARM den disset tene les roto e etae eR ER 15 28 channelized El Orts pn deep 51 248 HW Index channelized TT ports sete c c 51 Class 1 product warnings i herir ti dorasi 222 El ipOrt Status net ERT E IE 49 ELE 24 5 ao ota EE ERES 52 Fast Ethernet port status 4 port ePIM 55 Fast Ethernet port status dual port PIM 55 G SEHDSEPIM Status cst e tet Patienten 59 Gigabit Ethernet port status 17 29 46 HA es ence edem adn RU eet ve fa ceret 16 29 SDN PIM Status ice ter icit irte tent 56 SDN POL Slated io t trate RR SER carnosa 56 J43505power supply eia ae repere 51 J6350 power supply sss 51 LAN POrtsStatus oir ay don 17 29 Dini MM 17 29 46 link activity 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM 55 link status 4 port ePIM sssssss 55 LINK SPEED status Dual Port Fast Ethernet Plica aot rebas e E e ER e ed ONLINE status ADSL PIM ONLINE status G SHDSL PIM ONLINE status ISDN BRI PIMs POWE
25. Synchronizes the system time with the NTP server or manually set the system time and date m Toimmediately set the time using the NTP server click Set Time via NTP The router sends a request to the NTP server and synchronizes the system time NOTE If you are configuring other settings on this page the router also synchronizes the system time using the NTP server when you click Apply or OK m To set the time manually click Set Time Manually A pop up window allows you to select the current date and time from lists Network DNS Name Servers Specify a DNS server that the router can use to resolve hostnames into addresses Fo add an IP address type it in the box to the left of the Add button then click Add To delete an IP address click on it in the box above the Add button then click Delete Domain Search Adds each domain name that the router is included in to the configuration so that they are included in a DNS search To add a domain name type it in the box to the left of the Add button then click Add To delete a domain name click on it in the box above the Add button then click Delete Default Gateway Defines a default gateway through which to direct packets addressed to networks not explicitly listed in the routing table Type a 32 bit IP address in dotted decimal notation Loopback Address Defines a reserved IP address that is always available on the router If no addres
26. ge 0 0 0 In the configuration editor hierarchy next to Interfaces 1 click Configure or Edit In the Interface table locate the ge 0 0 0 row and click Unit In the Unit table click 0 and in the Family section next to Inet click Configure or Edit To delete the existing IP address click the Discard button Select the Delete Configuration Below This Point option button from the next display Next to Address click Add new entry In the Source box type the address and prefix length for the management interface for example 192 168 1 1 24 Click OK Delete the existing IP address delete ge 0 0 0 unit O family inet address Set the IP address and prefix length of ge 0 0 0 For example set ge 0 0 0 unit O family inet address 192 168 1 1 24 Verifying Basic Connectivity and the Configuration To verify that the Services Router has the settings you configured perform the following task Displaying Basic Connectivity Configurations on page 114 Verifying Basic Connectivity and the Configuration m 113 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Displaying Basic Connectivity Configurations Purpose Verify the configuration of basic connectivity Because the basic connectivity settings appear in different places in the configuration hierarchy displaying the entire configuration at once makes viewing the settings easier Action From the J Web interface select Configuration gt Vi
27. k tarkastele sit suoraan optisen laitteen avulla WARNING Attention Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux ni l observer directement l aide d instruments optiques P bb b b WARNING Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen Ger ten pr fen Safety Guidelines and Warnings Wm 223 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 224 nm WARNING Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi n usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo direttamente Pb WARNING Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter gt WARNING Aviso Nao olhe fixamente para o raio nem olhe para ele directamente com instrumentos pticos WARNING Atenci n No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos pticos P gt WARNING Varning Rikta inte blicken in mot str len och titta inte direkt p den genom optiska instrument Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning WARNING Because invisible radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures WARNING Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken in open openingen vermeden te worden WARNING Varoitus Koska po
28. model number JX SFP 1GE T 1 Port Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs The 1 port Gigabit Ethernet ePIM is supported on J4350 and J6350 Services Routers and is available in two versions one with copper connector see Figure 26 on page 45 the other with small form factor pluggable SFP transceivers see Figure 27 on page 45 44 pg Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Figure 26 Copper Gigabit Ethernet ePIM 9003851 9003852 Features The Gigabit Ethernet ePIM provides the following key features m Autonegotiation through medium dependent interface MDI and MDI crossover MDI X support m Link speeds for the Copper Gigabit Ethernet ePIM are configurable to 10 100 or 1000 Mbps and transmission mode is configurable to half or full duplex The SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM cannot be manually configured it is set at 1000 Mbps and full duplex m The SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM uses SFPs to allow different connectors to be used on the ePIM ports The ePIM supports 1000Base SX 1000Base LX and 1000Base T copper SFPs It does not support 1000Base LH SFPs 1000Base SX and 1000Base LX SFP transceivers have the following characteristics a Duplex LC PC connector Rx and Tx m Optical interface support See Table 24 on page 46 m Copper Gigabit Ethernet ePIM and 1000Base T SFP transceivers have the following characteristics m Connector Four pair category 5 unshielded twisted pair cable through an RJ 45 connector m Pin
29. 0 4x GE Base PIC If Crypto Module appears in the output the Crypto Accelerator Module is installed correctly 152 Mm Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J4350 and J6350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Replacing Air Filters on J2350 Routers The cooling fans on 2550 routers draw air through vents along the left side of the chassis and exhaust it through vents on the right side of the chassis For more information see J2320 and J2350 Cooling System on page 19 On J2350 routers that comply with Network Equipment Building System NEBS criteria the air intake grid contains a filter To verify that the system is a NEBS compliant system run the show chassis hardware command A NEBS compliant system displays the term NEBS in the output We recommend changing the filter every 6 months However the optimal filter replacement interval can vary depending on the environment where the router is located If temperature alarms appear inspect the air filter To replace the air filter 1 Loosen the filter tray thumbscrew at the rear of the 2550 chassis 2 Hold the screw firmly and pull it away from the chassis until you have pulled the attached filter tray out of the chassis see Figure 87 on page 153 Figure 87 Removing the Air Filter Tray 9004116 Air filter tray 5 Hook and loop fasteners on the base of the filter tray hold the air filter inside the tray Grasp the air filter with your fingers and g
30. 1 Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the interface as specified in Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts on page 179 2 Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the interface faceplate 5 Arrange the cable as follows to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points a Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor b Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop c Place fasteners on the loop to help maintain its shape Chassis Grounding To meet safety and electromagnetic interference EMI requirements and to ensure proper operation the Services Router must be adequately grounded before power is connected In addition to the grounding pin on the AC power plug cord a threaded insert PEM nut screw and washer are provided on the rear of the chassis to connect the router to earth ground A CAUTION Before router installation begins a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router for example by causing a short circuit Connecting Interface Cables to Services Routers m 83 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Connecting Power m For J2320 and J2550 Services Routers The grounding cables must be at minimum 14 AWG single strand wire cable The grounding lug must be a ring ty
31. ADSL SHDSL antistatiC Trial socis tereti teet de messin idees ec ts 201 approvals AGENCY ss drm M ede Toce habet tus 252 asymmetric digital subscriber line See ADSL AT modem Commande 101 102 ATADI modem Commande 101 ATAKO modem commande 101 ATAW modem Commande 101 ATDT modem Commande 105 ATSO 1 modem Commande 101 AUX PONE ee e dt So Le SER e 17 50 auxiliary console port 17 30 B backup compact flash removlmg eee 132 backup router defining configuration dito 115 descriptiones peris eoe o na be ee eel 94 Index M 241 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide basic connectivity CLI configuration editor eee establishing cte J Web configuration editor 7 Quick Configuration enie a requirements da ats EM AR MA d Ub ae NS sample configura erat treat e ug Verin Bod ae a end teo itt pietre ere od battery environmental Compllance eee 255 NET te TT 226 Md taa 233 blank panel for PIM SlOUS cia e tii 38 for power supply 6550 159 blinking Fast Ethernet port ACTIVITY LED state dual port Gigabit Ethernet port LED inicio 44 Gigabit Ethernet port TX RX LED ISDN BRI ONLINE LED s POWER LED State vice i rtr STATUS router LED sta boot devices external compact flash 18 boot process backup router for 94 Dot SEQUENCE ica dee ed oe Oei 12 25 braces in configuration st tementz xix brackets angle in syntax descriptiong eee xix square in configuration statements
32. All connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 211 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 212 m WARNING Waarschuwing Deze J6550 eenheid heeft meer dan n stroomtoevoerverbinding alle verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze eenheid volledig te verwijderen WARNING Varoitus T ss laitteessa on useampia virtal hdekytkent j Kaikki kytkenn t on irrotettava kokonaan jotta virta poistettaisiin t ysin laitteesta WARNING Attention Cette J6350 unit est quip e de plusieurs raccordements d alimentation Pour supprimer tout courant lectrique de l unit tous les cordons d alimentation doivent tre d branch s WARNING Warnung Diese J6550 Einheit verf gt ber mehr als einen Stromanschluf um Strom g nzlich von der Einheit fernzuhalten m ssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt sein WARNING Avvertenza Questa J6350 unit ha piu di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico tutte le connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere l elettricit dall unit WARNING Advarsel Denne J6550 enheten har mer enn n stromtilkobling Alle tilkoblinger m kobles helt fra for eliminere strom fra enheten WARNING Aviso Este J6550 dispositivo possui mais do que uma conex o de fonte de alimenta o de energia para poder remover a fonte de alimenta o de ener
33. BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT OR CANNOT AGREE TO THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN THEN A DO NOT DOWNLOAD INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE AND B YOU MAY CONTACT JUNIPER NETWORKS REGARDING LICENSE TERMS 1 The Parties The parties to this Agreement are Juniper Networks Inc and its subsidiaries collectively Juniper and the person or organization that originally purchased from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller the applicable license s for use of the Software Customer collectively the Parties 2 The Software In this Agreement Software means the program modules and features of the Juniper or Juniper supplied software and updates and releases of such software for which Customer has paid the applicable license or support fees to Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller Embedded Software means Software which Juniper has embedded in the Juniper equipment 3 License Grant Subject to payment of the applicable fees and the limitations and restrictions set forth herein Juniper grants to Customer a non exclusive and non transferable license without right to sublicense to use the Software in executable form only subject to the following use restrictions a Customer shall use the Embedded Software solely as embedded in and for execution on Juniper equipment originally purchased by Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller b Customer shall use the Software on a single hardware cha
34. Bruk kun AWG nr 26 eller telekommunikasjonsledninger med st rre dimensjon for redusere faren for brann WARNING Aviso Para reduzir o risco de inc ndio utilize apenas terminais de fio de telecomunica es N 26 AWG ou superiores gt bi gt WARNING jAtenci n Para reducir el riesgo de incendios usar s lo l neas de telecomunicaciones de calibre No 26 AWG o m s gruesas Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 215 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide WARNING Varning F r att minska brandrisken skall endast Nr 26 AWG eller st rre telekommunikationsledning anv ndas Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings 216 m Observe the following guidelines and warnings before and during Services Router installation m Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 216 m Installation Instructions Warning on page 216 a Rack Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 217 m Ramp Warning on page 221 Chassis Lifting Guidelines The weight of a fully populated chassis is approximately 25 3 lbs 11 5 kg for a J4350 Services Router and 30 7 Ib 13 9 kg for a 6550 Services Router Observe the following guidelines for lifting and moving a Services Router m Before moving the Services Router read the guidelines in Preparing for Router Installation on page 65 to verify that the intended site meets the specified power environmental and clearance requirements m Before lifting or moving the Services Rou
35. Care or JNASC support contract or are covered under warranty and need postsales technical support you can access our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC m JTAC policies For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies review the JTAC User Guide located at http www juniper net customers support downloads 710059 pdf m Product warranties For product warranty information visit http www juniper net support warranty m JTAC Hours of Operation The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day 7 days a week 565 days a year Self Help Online Tools and Resources For quick and easy problem resolution Juniper Networks has designed an online self service portal called the Customer Support Center CSC that provides you with the following features m Find CSC offerings http www juniper net customers support m Search for known bugs http www2 juniper net kb m Find product documentation http www juniper net techpubs m Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base http kb juniper net m Download the latest versions of software and review release notes http www juniper net customers csc software m Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications https www juniper net alerts m Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum http www juniper net company communities m Open a case online in the CSC Case Mana
36. Declaration of Conformity monica tardado tenias 235 default gateway defining Quick Configuratont 105 descriptions xiu ende ter terr d edet po dd 95 DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 94 DHCP server after initial configuration 00 cece 94 before initial configuration ces 94 regaining lost lease after initial Configura erstes 104 diagnosis CHASSIS pcia ide te RR d tad 158 Nard wares 45 ees EE 158 dial up modem connection See modem connection to router console port digital certificate See SSL certificates digital subscriber line See ADSL SHDSL DIMMs dual inline memory modules See DRAM modules DNS Domain Name System 95 DNS server defining configuration editor defining Quick Configuration A ERR O teins documentation set COMME ON idee ect a a reis xxi Dep Olin sodes a a e LAE XX 244 m index domain MAING cnc tse eme coe eee 92 defining configuration editor 111 defining Quick Configuration 104 See also DNS server Dormatn Narie System ect eerte cedi een ode 95 domain search defining configuration editor 112 defining Quick Configuration ssss 105 DRAM modules install i scores ere reve pes 158 loro Gis E 156 temoVIng ced pete fete Neng 157 dry chemical fire extinguishers prohibited 67 DS1 ports See El ports T1 ports DS3 ports See E3 ports T5 ports DSL See ADSL SHDSL dual inline m
37. EEC and 98 101 EEC The product documentation includes instructional information about the proper method of reclamation and recycling Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements Canada m Canada on page 233 m European Community on page 235 Japan on page 236 United States on page 237 This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 005 du Canada The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment This certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective operational and safety requirements Industry Canada does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection In some cases the Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements m 233 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 234 m inside wiring associated with a single line individual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility designated by th
38. Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines 68 m A WARNING Certain ports on the router are designed for use as intrabuilding within the building interfaces only Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR 1089 CORE Issue 4 and require isolation from the exposed outside plant OSP cabling To comply with NEBS requirements and protect against lightening surges and commercial power disturbances the intrabuilding ports must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring The intrabuilding ports on the router are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection for connecting these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring WARNING DC powered J2350 J4350 and J6350 Services Routers are intended for installation only in a restricted access location When planning the electrical wiring at your site consider the factors discussed in the following sections Signaling Limitations Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference In addition the potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed recommended distances or ifwires pass between buildings The electromagnetic pulse EMP caused by lightning can damage unshielded conductors and destroy electronic devices If your site has previously experienced such problems you might want to consult experts in e
39. Ethernet ports For more information see Built In Gigabit Ethernet Ports on page 17 Figure 10 Slot Number Diagram on J2320 and J2350 J2320 J2350 SLOT NUMBER SLOT NUMBER 1 2 1 3 3 2 4 3 5 3 Power Button and POWER LED The power button is located on the left side of the front panel see Figure 1 on page 8 You can use the power button to power the Services Router on and off When you power on the router the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence The POWER LED is located to the upper left of the LED dashboard Table 6 on page 14 describes the POWER LED Table 6 J2320 and J2350 POWER LED Color State Description Green On steadily Power is functioning correctly Blinking Power button has been pressed and quickly released and the router is gracefully shutting down Unlit off Router is not receiving power 14 m 42320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features After the router is powered on status indicators such as LEDs on the front panel and show chassis command output can take up to 60 seconds to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds If you need to power off the router after the Routing Engine finishes booting use the J Web interface or the CLI to halt the Services Router first For instruction
40. J2320 J2350 and J4350 routers have a single nonredundant power supply and an optional Crypto Accelerator Module J6350 routers have redundant power supplies and a standard Crypto Accelerator Module For field replaceable PIMs the J2320 has three slots the J2350 has five slots and he J4350 and J6350 have six slots Of the six slots two on the J4350 and four on the J6550 are enhanced high speed slots All J series routers run JUNOS software with enhanced services which offers advanced routing and security features This chapter contains the following topics m J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features on page 7 m J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features on page 20 J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features This section contains the following topics m 2520 and J2350 Chassis on page 8 m 2520 and J2350 Midplane on page 12 m J2320 and J2350 Routing Engine Hardware on page 12 m J2320 and J2350 Boot Devices on page 12 m J2320 and J2350 Front Panel on page 15 m J2320 and J2350 External Compact Flashes on page 18 m J2320 Power System on page 18 m J2350 Power System on page 18 m J2320 and J2350 Cooling System on page 19 J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features WE 7 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide J2320 and J2350 Chassis 8 m The J2320 and J2350 chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other router components see Figure 1 on page 8 thro
41. PIM Overview m G 703 G 704 and G 706 El standards compliance m Independent internal and external clocking system m Loopback bit error rate test BERT T1 facilities data link FDL and long buildout diagnostics For pinouts of cable connectors for T1 and El PIMs see El and T1 RJ 48 Cable Pinouts on page 191 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Status LEDs indicate port status Table 26 on page 49 describes the meaning of the LED states Table 26 Status LEDs for T1 and E1 Ports Color State Description Green On steadily Online with no alarms or failures Red On steadily Active with a local alarm The router has detected a failure Unlit Off Offline For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM The Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM Figure 31 on page 50 is a multiflex interface card that allows you to configure a single interface as a channelized T1 interface or a channelized E1 interface You can also configure ISDN PRI services on a channelized T1 or El interface The channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI interface supports up to 24 DSO channels on a T1 interface and up to 51 DSO channels on an El interface in addition to supporting the features of regular unchannelized T1 and E1 PIMs Each interface can be configured as a single clear channel fractionalized or channel
42. Part 15 compliance statement ee 257 FCC Part 68 compliance statement 257 field replaceable units replachmg ee 119 filter cover See air filter Index filter air See air filter fire extinguishers prohibited required se eee d fire safety regutrements cece e e iii 66 fire suppression equipment TEQUITE Ris sort t eet theses 67 shutdown requirement 66 font COMVENTONS Sete ette ADE xviii FPC PIM slot number in command el ENEE 124 169 front pal idas 13 26 FRUs field replaceable units replacing 119 G G SHDSL PIM IESEL ott n teet ctt test 58 PIM ONLNE LED aid teer pq eee 59 G SHDSL ports See SHDSL ports gateway default seid cd ds adi s died ii 93 ge 0 0 0 connecting through Lwen 97 defining address configuration editor 115 defining address Quick Configuration 105 for autoinstallarton ee management interface Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs AlALIMS tucdte ul d t o er tette ts 46 GESCHIPUION A endo beth pte Eyed 44 high speed slot locations 46 installation 46 rp ities seo AE E EE AA EE AS EET 46 lite 46 link speeds and transmission modes 45 SFP optical interface support 46 Gigabit Ethernet ports DU Matar 17 29 COPPER MNAE A UAM pic CE A decet de cde 44 LEDS comites o eter s 17 29 44 46 POLO E pU E D mde T 94 RJ 45 connector pinouts ePIM sssssss 190 RJ 45 connector pinouts OuPlMei 189 SER Opti
43. THE SOFTWARE OR ANY JUNIPER OR JUNIPER SUPPLIED SOFTWARE IN NO EVENT SHALL JUNIPER BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES ARISING FROM UNAUTHORIZED OR IMPROPER USE OF ANY JUNIPER OR JUNIPER SUPPLIED SOFTWARE EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE WARRANTY STATEMENT TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW JUNIPER DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES IN AND TO THE SOFTWARE WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT DOES JUNIPER WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE OR ANY EQUIPMENT OR NETWORK RUNNING THE SOFTWARE WILL OPERATE WITHOUT ERROR OR INTERRUPTION OR WILL BE FREE OF VULNERABILITY TO INTRUSION OR ATTACK In no event shall Juniper s or its suppliers or licensors liability to Customer whether in contract tort including negligence breach of warranty or otherwise exceed the price paid by Customer for the Software that gave rise to the claim or if the Software is embedded in another Juniper product the price paid by Customer for such other product Customer acknowledges and agrees that Juniper has set its prices and entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the disclaimers of warranty and the limitations of liability set forth herein that the same reflect an allocation of risk between the Parties including the risk that a contract remedy may fail of its essential purpose and cause consequential loss and that the same form an essential basis of the bargain bet
44. Tabs e a y s S gt 3 Lower the cover fully onto the base and slide it so that the front tabs match the front slots and the chassis cover and base edges align completely 4 Insert and tighten the flat head screws with a Phillips screwdriver 5 Return the router to its installation site and attach the grounding cable and the power cables See Connecting Power on page 84 6 Pressand release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J2320 and J2350 Routers The internal compact flash provides primary storage for the router and is installed in a slot on the bottom of the J2320 or J2350 chassis see Figure 64 on page 127 It can accommodate software images configuration files and microcode For information about configuring the internal compact flash see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide ES NOTE Use only compact flash cards purchased from Juniper Networks for your J series platform and model 126 1H Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J2320 and J2350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Figure 64 Location of J2320 and J2350 Internal Compact Flash Compact flash cover screws 4 Chassis front Internal compact flash cover D GO CJ E d V
45. ad alimentatori scollegare il cavo di alimentazione sulle unit CA WARNING Advarsel Fer det utfores arbeid pa kabinettet eller det arbeides i naerheten av stramforsyningsenheter skal str mledningen trekkes ut p vekselstromsenheter gt ki gt WARNING Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de fornecimento de energia desligue o cabo de alimenta o nas unidades de corrente alternada WARNING Atenci n Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de alimentaci n desenchufar el cable de alimentaci n en los equipos de corriente alterna CA Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 213 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 214 m WARNING Varning Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller n ra str mf rs rjningsenheter skall du for v xelstr msenheter dra ur n tsladden TN Power Warning WARNING The router is designed to work with a TN power system WARNING Waarschuwing Het apparaat is ontworpen om te functioneren met TN energiesystemen WARNING Varoitus Koje on suunniteltu toimimaan TN s hk voimaj rjestelmien yhteydess WARNING Attention Ce dispositif a t concu pour fonctionner avec des syst mes d alimentation TN WARNING Warnung Das Ger t ist f r die Verwendung mit TN Stromsystemen ausgelegt WARNING Avvertenza Il dispositivo stato progettato per l
46. an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface to receive the Crypto Module 2 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 3 Press and release the power button to power off the Services Router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off 4 Unplug the power cord or cable from the power source receptacle 5 Remove the chassis cover See Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 6 Locate the Crypto Module on the system board see Figure 81 on page 146 7 Using a Phillips screwdriver remove the three screws from top of the Crypto Accerator Module as shown in Figure 82 on page 147 Figure 82 Removing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Module Crypto Accelerator Module Remove screws 3 Gentle lift here to remove the card from the connector y o D 8 Gently lift the Crypto Module to disengage it from the connector on the system board as shown in Figure 82 on page 147 9 Place the Crypto Module on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J2320 and J2350 Routers m 147 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Installing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Acc
47. and Off 89 Establishing Basic Connectivity 91 Basic Connectivity TEMAS s onec tr t E OPER e OR EE 91 Basic Connectivity OVerView disce on Pee d e erepto d eat ede uen 92 Router Identifica liinda E 92 RO0t PAss Word seats ns ofa lan ba Lose eua tada pel 92 Time Zone and System Time 95 Network Settings aoreet tu title T cora 95 RECAE EEN 93 Backup ROM co dia ott a coal 94 Table of Contents W ix JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Chapter 7 Part 3 Chapter 8 x Table of Contents Loopback Addtess s a sl te e eto da teet de 94 Built In Ethernet Interface Address sse 94 Managermient ACCESS co osi rore e hte E a Do Hee e Paese tede erae 95 Before YOU Begl i e c prt pe bnc eee dor e dope e pa e tede de d d 95 Corinectng to a Services QUIET xit ce ot e tt Ht etate fete rte 96 Connecting to the J Web Interface 97 Connecting tothe CLI Lal earen rb t edt 98 Connecting to the CLI Remotely sicreti a a nn ea iE 100 Configuring the Modem at the Router End eccerre 101 Connecting the Modem to the Console Port 0 0 0 eee 102 Connecting to the CLI at the User End 102 Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration 105 Configuring Basic Settings Using the CLI Configuration Wizard 106 About the CLI Configuration Wizard Leruricecariiocii onere ii 106 Using the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Configuration WS ere eet tete ddp ebe EH 107 Configuri
48. as a secondary boot device if the internal compact flash fails on startup Depending on the size of the USB storage device you can also configure it to receive any core files generated during a failure For information about configuring a USB storage device see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide NOTE For a list of supported USB storage devices see the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Release Notes at http www juniper net J4350 Power System 30 m The 4550 Services Router uses either AC or DC power The autosensing power supply see Figure 14 on page 22 or Figure 16 on page 23 distributes the different output voltages to the router components according to their voltage requirements The power supply is fixed in the chassis and is not field replaceable The AC power supply has a single AC appliance inlet that requires a dedicated AC power feed The DC power supply has a terminal block that provides a single DC input 48 VDC and return and requires a dedicated 15 A 48 VDC circuit breaker J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features The J4350 AC powered chassis has a power switch and does not include a power LED The J4350 DC powered chassis includes a power supply LED located to the upper right of the power supply connector Table 17 on page 31 describes the power supply LED Table 17 Power Supply LED State Description Off No pow
49. chassis that secure the cover to the chassis Slide the cover off the chassis For J2320 and J2350 routers see Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 2 Remove the DRAM module from its electrostatic bag 3 Press the plastic ejectors on both sides of the DRAM slot to open it see Figure 76 on page 138 4 Grasp the DRAM module by the edges being careful not to touch any electrical components Replacing DRAM Modules Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components 5 Pressing firmly on both ends push the module into the slot until the ejectors click into the closed position see Figure 76 on page 138 6 Slide the cover onto the chassis 7 Replace and tighten the screws on the sides and top of the chassis that secure the cover to the chassis 8 Replace the power cord or cable 9 Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily 10 To view the DRAM configuration and verify that it was installed correctly issue the show chassis routing engine command described in the JUNOS System Basics and Services Command Reference This command shows the total memory installed Replacing Power System Components The power cords on all Services Routers are replaceable You can add a second power supply to the J6350 Services Router that is of the same type as the first either AC or DC The power supplies are located at the right rear o
50. chassis until it comes to a stop Make sure that the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplate Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal block Within the terminal block remove the two center screws next to the labels 48 VDC and RTN Each screw contains a captive washer to secure a power cable lug to the terminal block Using one of the removed screws secure the positive DC source power cable lug to the RTN terminal Tighten the screw until snug Do not overtighten Apply between 8 Ib in 0 9 Nm and 9 Ib in 1 02 Nm of torque to the screw Using the other removed screw secure the negative DC source power cable lug to the 48 VDC terminal Tighten the screw until snug Do not overtighten Apply between 8 lb in 0 9 Nm and 9 Ib in 1 02 Nm of torque to the screw NOTE Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated DC power feed For information about connecting to DC power sources see Connecting Power on page 84 9 Dress the power cables appropriately Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal block Verify that the power cord does not block access to router components or drape where people might trip on it Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Replacing Power System Components mm 145 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide
51. cm omkring ventilations ppningarna Product Disposal Warning WARNING Disposal of this product must be handled according to all national laws and regulations WARNING Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te worden afgedankt WARNING Varoitus T m n tuotteen lopullisesta h vitt misest tulee huolehtia kaikkia valtakunnallisia lakeja ja s nn ksi noudattaen WARNING Attention La mise au rebut d finitive de ce produit doit tre effectu e conform ment toutes les lois et r glementations en vigueur WARNING Warnung Dieses Produkt mu den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend entsorgt werden WARNING Avvertenza L eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le normative italiane vigenti in materia gt gt bib b b WARNING Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet m skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og forskrifter Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 231 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide A WARNING Aviso A descartagem final deste produto dever ser efectuada de acordo com os regulamentos e a legislac o nacional A WARNING Atenci n El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse seg n todas me las leyes y regulaciones nacionales A WARNING Varning Slutlig kassering av denna produkt b r sk tas i enlighet med landets alla lagar och
52. copy of the Software or any product in which the Software is embedded e distribute any copy of the Software to any third party including as may be embedded in Juniper equipment sold in the secondhand market f use any locked or key restricted feature function service application operation or capability without first purchasing the applicable license s and obtaining a valid key from Juniper even if such feature function service application operation or capability is enabled without a key g distribute any key for the Software provided by Juniper to any third party h use the Software in any manner that extends or is broader than the uses purchased by Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller i use the Embedded Software on non Juniper equipment j use the Software or make it available for use on Juniper equipment that the Customer did not originally purchase from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller k disclose the results of testing or benchmarking of the Software to any third party without the prior written consent of Juniper or I use the Software in any manner other than as expressly provided herein 5 Audit Customer shall maintain accurate records as necessary to verify compliance with this Agreement Upon request by Juniper Customer shall furnish such records to Juniper and certify its compliance with this Agreement 6 Confidentiality The Parties agree that aspects of the Software and associa
53. cord with a grounding type plug that fits only a grounding type power outlet Do not circumvent this safety feature Equipment grounding should comply with local and national electrical codes You must provide an external Listed circuit breaker rated minimum 15 A in the building installation The power cord serves as the main disconnecting device The socket outlet must be near the router and be easily accessible The cores in the mains lead are colored in accordance with the following code within the United States m Green and yellow Earth m Blue Neutral ms Brown Live Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 203 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 204 m m When a router is equipped with two AC power supplies both power cords one for each power supply must be unplugged to completely disconnect power to the router m Note the following warnings printed on the AC power supply faceplate m To completely de energize the system disconnect maximum of 2 power cordsets m Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag n r den ansluts till ett n tverk Swedish Power Cable Warning Japanese WARNING The attached power cable is only for this product Do not use the cable for another product X P SO RR I Fev HN cOSmSR CS DOS Sta cH FH UU C TER 9017253 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines The following electrical safety guidelines apply to a DC powered router m ADC powered router
54. e c t ene 227 EE EIER WEE 221 levels defined itta late hebes 197 lightening ACV eet edere ene ves 228 maintenance and operational 225 multiple power supply disconnection 211 operating teMPperature ees 229 personnel gebe PO eda soe s 200 power dsconnecton ioka a i 213 product disposal RA RS ee ie 251 rack mounting requireMents eee 217 raip angle ste ia qe feda ta Copes 221 read installation Instructoms eee 216 restricted access location for DC powered TOUTEIS scs teer etre 19 51 52 79 80 rotating fans compact flash replacement 4 225 e edet pee des safe rack order for multiple routers telecommunications lines y TN power system eein el tel og weight EE 11 A i cette Pct temas preti naive 11 14350 ec tette tud tie it 24 JOS DO M yee 24 rack mount regulrements 64 65 WinZip utility for compact flash recovery 165 wire gauge for grounding Cales 85 for telecommunications lines ees 215 wiring guidelines DC wiring sequence warmtng ee 207 DC wiring terminations warmtmg 209 radio frequency interference PI 68 signaling limitations rettet ete tese 68 suppressing electromagnetic interference EMI EE 68 X X 21 DCE cable pinouts X 21 DTE c ble pinouts 2 ee ee utut Index Index m 255 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 256 Hm Index
55. eaea ESNS 44 slot locatiofis et ad edet AEE NEIT 27 ERRO Miss des da bad Me pes lbs Meses 12 25 ESD electrostatic discharge preventing 201 ESD wrist strap verifying resistance for safety 201 wearing during Installatton cee 21 Ethernet cable chassis console DB 9 connector pinouts 191 chassis console RJ 45 connector pinouts 190 connecting the Services Router to a management ojo atesora 97 99 connecting the Services Router to a modem 102 replacing Ethernet ports See Fast Ethernet ports See Gigabit Ethernet ports Ethernet rollover cable connecting the router to a management device uat ce Ene ater 162 European Union compliance statement 255 external compact flash See compact flash F failures compact flash USB LO 2 tee ote tes 17 50 PIM troubleshooting issen nsan 158 Routing Engine fan troubleshooting 158 fans descriptiOD ti A em 19 52 See also air filter See also cooling system failure troubleshooting 158 Fast Ethernet ports 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM sssssssss 54 ACTIVITY status dual port PM 55 Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM 5 53 LED states 4 port ePIM anD LED states dual port PIM 12153 link activity 4 port ePIM DD link status 4 port ePIM DD LINK SPEED status dual port DIN 55 RJ 45 connector Dinout 189 FCC
56. enheten i kabinettet Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 219 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 220 m WARNING Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa estante dever tomar precau es especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui um suporte est vel As seguintes directrizes ajud lo o a efectuar o seu trabalho com seguranca O Juniper Networks router dever ser instalado numa prateleira fixa estrutura do edificio m Esta unidade dever ser montada na parte inferior da estante caso seja esta a nica unidade a ser montada m Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada coloque os itens mais pesados na parte inferior da estante arrumando os de baixo para cima m Sea estante possuir um dispositivo de estabiliza o instale o antes de montar ou reparar a unidade WARNING Atenci n Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor o posteriormente durante su mantenimiento se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el sistema quede bien estable Para garantizar su seguridad proceda seg n las siguientes instrucciones m HI Juniper Networks router debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del edificio m Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor cuando sea la nica unidad en el mismo m Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado comenzar la instalaci
57. f reskrifter Agency Approvals The Services Router complies with the following standards 232 Mm Agency Approvals Safety CAN CSA 22 2 No 60950 1 05 UL 60950 1 Safety of Information Technology Equipment EN 60950 1 Safety of Information Technology Equipment EN 60825 1 Safety of Laser Products Part 1 Equipment Classification Requirements and User s Guide EMC 12320 and J2350 AS NZS 3548 Class A Australia New Zealand EN 55022 Class A Emissions Europe FCC Part 15 Class A USA VCCI Class A Japan FCC Part 68 Industry Canada CS 03 EMC J4320 and J6350 AS NZS 3548 Class B Australia New Zealand EN 55022 Class B Emissions Europe FCC Part 15 Class B USA VCCI Class B Japan FCC Part 68 Industry Canada CS 03 Immunity Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information m EN 61000 3 2 Power Line Harmonics m EN 61000 3 3 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker m EN 61000 4 2 ESD m EN 61000 4 3 Radiated Immunity m EN 61000 4 4 EFT m EN 61000 4 5 Surge EN 61000 4 6 Low Frequency Common Immunity m EN 61000 4 11 Voltage Dips and Sags m ETSI m ETSI EN 300386 2 Telecommunication Network Equipment Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements Lithium Battery Batteries in this product are not based on mercury lead or cadmium substances The batteries used in this product are in compliance with EU Directives 91 157 EEC 93 86
58. for which you substitute a value in commands or configuration statements Configure the machine s domain name edit root set system domain name domain name Plain text like this Represents names of configuration statements commands files and directories IP addresses configuration hierarchy levels or labels on routing platform components m To configure a stub area include the stub statement at the edit protocols ospf area area id hierarchy level m Theconsole port is labeled CONSOLE angle brackets Enclose optional keywords or variables stub default metric metric pipe symbol Indicates a choice between the mutually exclusive keywords or variables on either side of the symbol The set of choices is often enclosed in parentheses for clarity broadcast multicast string1 string2 string3 pound sign Indicates a comment specified on the same line as the configuration statement to which it applies rsvp Required for dynamic MPLS only square brackets Enclose a variable for which you can substitute one or more values community name members community ids Indention and braces Identify a level in the configuration hierarchy semicolon Identifies a leaf statement at a configuration hierarchy level edit routing options static route default nexthop address retain J Web GUI C
59. installatiOTlu ut ettet retentus 149 152 show chassis power ratings Commande 159 show chassis routing engine command checking CPU emperature 19 52 checking DRAM amount 12 25 verifying DRAM installation and CODfIBUTAtlOTi inerte ertet AE 159 shutdown graceful os tete be tp aeo tad 89 Wuer 89 temperature See shutdown temperature shutdown temperature NEBS compliant routerg 19 32 non NEBS compliant routers 32 signaling limitationS uode vereri denis 68 site preparation Check toco cedere ee teo 75 electrical wiring guidelines 68 A oc apte te E ER 66 for rack installation 64 guidelines de te eR Ee te die evento 65 operating environment ee 66 power requitermernts tetra bars 69 size slot numbers PIM chassis diagram ee cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 26 displayed as FPC number in command OULDUC S to te el dd one bd e Eus dar ADM 124 small form factor pluggable transceivers See SFP Index SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol no Gigabit Ethernet support 45 46 specifications AC electrical Connection 69 AC poWer cords olds ad dante eee rote 70 DC electrical Connection eee 71 DC powWer E EE 71 electrical 69 environment teris t eode 66 groundirng cable i ecce etra imer vete dente 85 12320 ET ut b tes ret ete ts 11 J2350 hardware c ses eee pae qe eee ee 11 4350 hardware whee ig ee ed s 24 16350 hardWAaTG aieo tette etes xe 24 serial PIM cables and connectors
60. installation only ina restricted access location J2320 and J2350 Cooling System The cooling system in J2320 and J2350 routers is from side to side The J2320 router has five cooling fans and the J2350 router has four cooling fans The fans draw air through vents along the left side of the chassis and exhaust it through vents on the right side of the chassis The airflow produced by these fans keeps router components within the acceptable temperature range see Figure 11 on page 20 and Figure 12 on page 20 The speed of the fans is adjusted automatically according to the current temperature On J2350 routers that comply with Network Equipment Building System NEBS criteria an air filter protects the air intake opening at the front of the chassis and must be replaced periodically To verify that the system is a NEBS compliant system run the show chassis hardware command A NEBS compliant system displays the term NEBS in the output For instructions on how to replace air filters see Replacing Air Filters on J2350 Routers on page 153 The Routing Engine monitors the temperature of the router components If the maximum temperature specification as measured at the CPU junction is exceeded and the router cannot be adequately cooled the Routing Engine shuts down the hardware components J2320 and J2350 routers shut down when the CPU temperature reaches 80 C 1 76 F There is no alarm for temperature You can view the CPU junction
61. interface 192 168 1 1 24 You can configure basic settings in the J Web interface from a device attached to the ge 0 0 0 interface on port 0 For instructions see Connecting to the J Web Interface on page 97 You can also connect to the CLI to configure basic settings For instructions see Connecting to the CLI Locally on page 98 and Connecting to the CLI Remotely on page 100 To use a configuration editor to configure basic settings 1 Navigate to the top of the configuration hierarchy in either the J Web or CLI configuration editor 2 To configure basic settings perform the configuration tasks described in Table 45 on page 111 5 If you are using the J Web interface click Commit to view a summary of your changes then click OK to commit the configuration If you are using the CLI commit the configuration by entering the commit command 4 To check the configuration see Displaying Basic Connectivity Configurations on page 114 Table 45 Configuring Basic Settings Task J Web Configuration Editor CLI Configuration Editor avigate to the System 1 Inthe J Web interface select Configuration gt View From the edit hierarchy level evel in the configuration and Edit gt Edit Configuration enter hierarchy 2 Next to System click Configure or Edit e edit system Define the hostname of he router example routera In the Host name box type the hostname of the router for Set the hostna
62. intrusions and IPSec VPNs J series Services Routers securely connect small branch and regional offices to a central site router across Internet service provider ISP networks J series Services Routers run JUNOS software with enhanced services which offers many advanced routing and security services You can use two user interfaces to monitor configure troubleshoot and manage a Services Router m J Web interface A Web based graphical interface that allows you to operate a router without commands The J Web interface provides access to all JUNOS functionality and features Quick Configuration wizards simplify basic configuration and minimize the risk of operator error m JUNOS command line interface A Juniper Networks command shell that runs on top of a UNIX based operating system kernel The CLI is a straightforward command interface On a single line you type commands that are executed when you press the Enter key The CLI provides command Help and command completion For an introduction to the J Web and CLI interfaces see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide For more information see the J Web Interface User Guide and the JUNOS CLI User Guide This chapter contains the following topics m J2320 Services Router Overview on page 3 m J2350 Services Router Overview on page 4 m J4350 Services Router Overview on page 5 m J6350 Services Router Overview on page 6 J2320 Services Router Overview The J2320 Services Router
63. is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for the power requirements of a maximally configured router To supply sufficient power terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source capable of supplying at least 8 A 48 VDC Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into the facility wiring Be sure to connect the ground wire or conduit to a solid office earth ground A closed loop ring is recommended for terminating the ground conductor at the ground stud m Inthe United States a restricted access area is one in accordance with Articles 110 16 110 17 and 110 18 of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 NOTE Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit breaker This breaker should protect against excess currents short circuits and earth faults in accordance with NEC ANSI NFPA70 m Ensure that the polarity of the DC input wiring is correct Under certain conditions connections with reversed polarity might trip the primary circuit breaker or damage the equipment Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information m For personal safety connect the green and yellow wire to safety earth ground at both the router and the supply side of the DC wiring m The marked input voltage of 48 VDC for a DC powered router is the nominal voltage associated with the battery circuit and any higher voltages are only to be associated with float voltages for t
64. is primarily designed for remote and branch offices It has a small chassis that is 1 U rack unit in size with a nonredundant AC power J2320 Services Router Overview M 3 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide supply an external compact flash and two universal serial bus USB ports for external storage and an optional Crypto Accelerator Module J2320 routers ordered with the optional Crypto Accelerator Module come standard with 1 GB of memory while those ordered without the Crypto Accelerator Module come standard with 256 MB of memory The memory on J2320 routers can be upgraded to 1 GB For instructions on upgrading memory see Replacing DRAM Modules on page 156 Each J2320 chassis contains four built in Gigabit Ethernet ports with link speeds of 10 100 1000 Mbps over a copper interface The chassis also contains three slots for field replaceable Physical Interface Modules The J2320 Services Router supports the following field replaceable PIMs m Gigabit Ethernet uPIM 1 port 6 port 8 port and 16 port m Dual Port Serial PIM m Dual Port El PIM m Dual Port T1 PIM m Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM m 4 port ISDN BRI S T or U PIM m ADSL 2 2 Annex A PIM 1 port m ADSL 2 2 Annex B PIM 1 port m GSHDSL PIM 2 ports J2350 Services Router Overview 4 m The J2350 Services Router is primarily designed for branch offices It has a chassis that is 1 5 U rack unit in size with a nonredundant AC o
65. manage m JUNOS software with enhanced services for J series Services Routers m JUNOS software for SRX series services gateways Table 1 on page xvi identifies the tasks required to configure and manage these devices and shows where to find task information and instructions For an annotated list of the documentation referred to in Table 1 on page xvi see JUNOS Software Documentation for J series Services Routers and SRX series Services Gateways on page xx All documents are available at http www juniper net techpubs Table 1 Tasks and Related Documentation Task Related Documentation Basic Device Installation and Setup m Reviewing safety warnings and compliance statements J series Services Routers m Installing hardware and establishing basic connectivity y JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Quick Start m JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide m JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Release Notes m Initially setting up a device SRX series services gateways the appropriate Services Gateway Getting Started Guide Migration from ScreenOS or JUNOS Software to JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services if necessary m Migrating from JUNOS Release 8 5 or later to JUNOS JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Migration Guide J series software with enhanced services Services Routers only m Migrating from ScreenOS Release 5 4 or later JUNOS software with enhanced services Context Changin
66. n desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo m s pesado en la parte inferior m Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores instalar stos antes de montar o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor WARNING Varning F r att undvika kroppsskada n r du installerar eller utf r underh llsarbete p denna enhet p en st llning m ste du vidta s rskilda forsiktighetsatgarder f r att f rs kra dig om att systemet star stadigt F ljande riktlinjer ges f r att trygga din s kerhet m Juniper Networks router m ste installeras i en st llning som ar f rankrad i byggnadens struktur m Om denna enhet ar den enda enheten p st llningen skall den installeras l ngst ned p st llningen Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information m Om denna enhet installeras pa en delvis fylld st llning skall st llningen fyllas nedifr n och upp med de tyngsta enheterna l ngst ned p st llningen Om st llningen r f rsedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan enheten installeras eller underh lls p st llningen Ramp Warning A WARNING When installing the router do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10 degrees Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden Varoitus Ala k yt sellaista kaltevaa pintaa jonka kaltevuus ylitt 10 astetta Attention Ne pas utiliser une ra
67. net 112 nm Configuring Basic Settings with a Configuration Editor Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity Table 45 Configuring Basic Settings continued Task J Web Configuration Editor CLI Configuration Editor Define the backup router to be used when the router is booting or the routing protocol processes are not running In the Backup router section next to Address type the IP address of the backup router for example 192 168 2 44 Set the address for the backup router For example set backup router 192 168 2 44 Define the IP address for 1 100 0 In the configuration editor hierarchy next to Interfaces 1 click Configure or Edit In the Interface table locate the loO row and click Unit In the Unit table click 0 and in the Family section next to Inet click Configure or Edit n To delete the existing IP address click the Discard button Select the Delete Configuration Below This Point option button from the next display 5 Next to Address click Add new entry In the Source box type the address and prefix length for the loopback interface for example 172 16 1 24 32 Click OK From the edit hierarchy level enter edit interfaces Delete the existing IP address delete loO unit O family inet address Set the IP address and prefix length of lo0 0 For example set loO unit O family inet address 172 16 1 24 32 Define the IP address for de
68. on page 82 Installing J4350 and J6350 Routers m 8121 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 46 Attaching the Center Screw to the Rack Rail Seen TZ placed in center hole 2 S 3 1RU rack unit measurement 9003861 5 Lift the router and insert the larger elliptical openings in the mounting brackets onto the partially inserted screws so that the router is hanging from the two screws see Figure 47 on page 82 Figure 47 Hanging the Router in the Rack Front view Ral Front mounting bracket lt Center X Screw Elliptical hanger cutout el 9003862 4 Verify that the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and that the router is level 5 Install at least two mounting screws into each mounting bracket in addition to the center screws from which the router hangs see Figure 48 on page 85 Use a number 2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the screws 82 1 Installing J4350 and J6350 Routers Chapter 5 Installing and Connecting a Services Router Figure 48 Completing the Installation Connecting Interface Cables to Services Routers You connect the interfaces installed in the Services Router to various network media For more information about the network interfaces supported on the router see the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide
69. on the front panel of the Services Router are the interfaces through which you perform initial router setup The examples in this guide use the ge 0 0 0 interface as the management interface but you can use any built in Ethernet port for management After the initial configuration is complete you can attach the built in Ethernet port that you are using for management purposes to the management network Before initial configuration when the factory default configuration is active the router attempts to perform autoinstallation by obtaining a router configuration through all its connected interfaces including ge 0 0 0 The Services Router acts as a DHCP client out the built in Ethernet interfaces If the Services Router does not find a DHCP server within a few seconds it sets the address of ge 0 0 0 to 192 168 1 1 24 and becomes a DHCP server out the ge 0 0 0 interface NOTE If the ge 0 0 1 interface is being used it is set to 192 168 2 1 24 Basic Connectivity Overview Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity With the router temporarily acting as a DHCP server you can manually configure it with the J Web interface Any DHCP client host for example a PC or laptop computer directly connected to ge 0 0 0 receives an address on the 192 168 1 1 24 network NOTE The DHCP functionality for initial setup is different from the configurable DHCP server functionality of the Services Router during operation To configure the Ser
70. optional redundant AC or DC power supply up to 2 GB of memory and two universal serial bus USB ports for external storage The J6350 Services Router is a higher performance system than the J4350 Services Router J6350 routers come standard with 1 GB of memory and can be upgraded to 2 GB of memory For instructions on adding memory see Replacing DRAM Modules on page 136 Each J6350 chassis contains four built in Gigabit Ethernet ports with link speeds of 10 100 1000 Mbps over a copper interface and six slots for field replaceable Physical Interface Modules PIMs Four of the six slots slots 2 3 5 and 6 support high speed interfaces ePIMs The J6350 Services Router supports the following field replaceable PIMs and modules Gigabit Ethernet uPIM 1 port 6 port 8 port and 16 port SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM 1 port Copper Gigabit Ethernet ePIM 1 port Dual Port El PIM Dual Port T1 PIM E3 PIM 1 port DS3 T3 PIM 1 port Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM 4 port Fast Ethernet ePIM 4 port ISDN BRI S T or U PIM Dual Port Serial PIM ADSL 2 2 Annex A PIM 1 port ADSL 2 2 Annex B PIM 1 port G SHDSL PIM 2 ports WXC Integrated Services Module 6 W J6350 Services Router Overview Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features J series Services Routers running JUNOS software with enhanced services have chassis that are similar but with important differences
71. other removed screw secure the negative DC source power cable lug to the 48 VDC terminal Tighten the screw until snug Do not overtighten Apply between 8 Ib in 0 9 Nm and 9 Ib in 1 02 Nm of torque to the screw g Dress the power cables appropriately h Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal block 4 Verify that the power cables do not block access to router components or drape where people can trip on them 5 OnJ2320 and J2350 routers use the power cable tie as follows to relieve strain on the cable see Figure 52 on page 88 a Wrap the loose end of the tie around the cable and insert it into the opening on the tie b Pullthe end to tighten the tie To release the tie from the cable press down the tab on the tie and loosen it Figure 52 Connecting DC Power to the J2350 Services Router Grounding lug Screw with captive washer Protective earthing point on chassis DC Terminal block Screw with captive washer 9004127 88 HW Connecting Power Chapter 5 Installing and Connecting a Services Router Figure 53 Connecting DC Power to the J4350 or J6350 Services Router Screw with captive washer _ Washer Grounding lug Powering a Services Router On and Off TO power on a Services Router press the power button The Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence The POWER LED lights during startup and remains on steadily when the rou
72. pinouts of cable connectors for Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs see Gigabit Ethernet uPIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 189 Limitations Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs have the following limitations m Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs do not support SNMP m Gigabit Ethernet uPIM interfaces can be configured up to a maximum MTU size of 9014 bytes Installation Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs can be inserted in any slot on J2320 J2350 J4350 or J6350 Services Routers Throughput for a uPIM is higher when it is inserted in a high speed slot High speed slots are slots 5 and 6 on the J4350 router and slots 2 5 5 and 6 on the J6550 router 16 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs are two slots high Because the connector on the PIM is on the lower half the PIM occupies the slot that it is plugged into and the slot above it Thus you cannot install a 16 port uPIM in the top slots of a router For example on a 4550 router you cannot install a 16 port uPIM in slots 1 and 4 If you install the PIM in slot 2 it occupies both slots 2 and 1 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Interface LEDs For 8 port and 16 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs the activity LED is located on the left side of each port and the link LED is located on the right side of each port For the 6 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIM the LEDs are located to the right of each port with the link LED above the activity LED LEDs on the 1 port uPIM are clearly labeled Table 21 on page 44 descri
73. ports as described in GR 1089 CORE Issue 4 and require isolation from the exposed outside plant OSP cabling To comply with NEBS requirements and protect against lightening surges and commercial power disturbances the intrabuilding ports must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring The intrabuilding ports on the router are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection for connecting these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring CAUTION To comply with intrabuilding lightning and surge requirements intrabuilding wiring must be shielded and the shield for the wiring must be grounded at both ends CAUTION Before removing or installing components of a router attach an ESD strap to an ESD point and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist Failure to use an ESD strap could result in damage to the router m Install the Services Router in compliance with the following local national or international electrical codes m United States National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70 United States National Electrical Code Canada Canadian Electrical Code Part 1 CSA C22 1 Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information m Other countries International Electromechanical Commission IEC 60364 Part 1 through Part 7 m Eva
74. power tokens high power tokens and heat tokens required by each PIM and compare them to the capacity of the chassis NOTE The low power and high power correspond to a specific voltage for that PIM CAUTION Do not install a combination of modules in a single chassis that exceeds the maximum power and heat capacity of the chassis If J series power management is enabled PIMs and modules PIMs or PIMs plus a WXC Integrated Services Module that exceed the maximum power and heat capacity remain offline when the chassis is powered on To verify that the combination of PIMs to be installed in a chassis does not exceed the power and heat capacities for that model 1 Check Table 38 on page 73 to determine the token values for low power high power and heat for each PIM that you plan to install in the chassis 2 For all PIMs to be installed in the chassis a Add the low power tokens for all PIMs to be installed in the chassis b Add the high power tokens for all PIMs to be installed in the chassis c Add the heat dissipation tokens for all PIMs to be installed in the chassis 5 Verify that the total number of low power tokens total number of high power tokens and the total number of heat dissipation tokens do not exceed the maximums permitted for your J series chassis as specified in Table 59 on page 74 Table 58 on page 75 shows the low power consumption high power consumption and heat dissipation represented in non d
75. removes the mounting screws Place the router in the shipping carton Cover the router with an ESD bag and place the packing foam on top of and around the router Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam Securely tape the box closed Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking Packing Components for Shipment To pack and ship individual components follow these guidelines 174 Mm Packing a Router or Component for Shipment Chapter 10 Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware m When you return components make sure they are adequately protected with packing materials and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton m Use the original shipping materials if they are available m Place individual boards in electrostatic bags m Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking CAUTION Do not stack any of the router components Packing a Router or Component for Shipment M 175 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 176 1H Packing a Router or Component for Shipment Part 4 J series Requirements and Specifications m Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts on page 179 m Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information on page 197 J series Requirements and Specifications WM 177 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 178 HW Jseries Requirements and Specificatio
76. router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off Remove the power cord or cable from the power source receptacle Remove the screws from the sides and top of the chassis that secure the cover to the chassis Slide the cover off the chassis A WARNING If the fans are still rotating wait until they stop before proceeding with the next step especially if your compact flash is in the horizontal position flat against the system board T Slide the compact flash out of its slot as shown in Figure 69 on page 151 Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J4350 and J6350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Figure 69 Removing the J4350 or J6350 Compact Flash 9003835 8 Place the compact flash on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag 9 Slide the new compact flash into the slot and press down as shown in Figure 70 on page 151 Figure 70 Inserting the J4350 or J6350 Compact Flash 9003834 ES NOTE On some Services Routers the compact flash is in a horizontal position If the compact flash connection is horizontal lay the compact flash behind the slot and slide it forward until it clicks into place 10 Slide the cover onto the chassis 11 Replace and tighten the screws on the sides and top of the chassis that secure the cover to the chassis Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J4350 and J6350 Routers 8M 131 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 12 Replace t
77. router and establish basic connectivity NOTE This manual documents Release 9 2 of JUNOS software For additional information either corrections to or information that might have been omitted from this manual see the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Release Notes or JUNOS Software for SRX series Services Gateways Release Notes at http www juniper net This manual is designed for anyone who installs sets up configures monitors or administers a J series Services Router running JUNOS software with enhanced services or an SRX series services gateway running JUNOS software The manual is intended for the following audiences m Customers with technical knowledge of and experience with networks and network security the Internet and Internet routing protocols m Network administrators who install configure and manage Internet routers Objectives M XV JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Personnel operating the equipment must be trained and competent must not conduct themselves in a careless willfully negligent or hostile manner and must abide by the instructions provided by the documentation Supported Routing Platforms This manual describes features supported on J series Services Routers running JUNOS software with enhanced services and SRX series services gateways running JUNOS software How to Use This Manual This manual and the other manuals in this set explain how to install configure and
78. supply in a Services Router becomes grounded when you connect a grounding cable between the router and earth ground 5 For each power supply a Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is O V and that the cable leads cannot become active in any way during installation CAUTION You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity The power source cables might be labeled and to indicate their polarity There is no standard color coding for DC power cables The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply b Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the appropriate power cable lugs to the negative and positive DC source power cables c Usea Phillips screwdriver to remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal block d Within the terminal block remove the two center screws next to the labels 48 VDC and RTN Each screw contains a captive washer to secure a DC source power cable lug to the terminal block e Using one of the removed screws secure the positive DC source power cable lug to the RTN terminal Tighten the screw until snug Do not Connecting Power m 87 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide overtighten Apply between 8 Ib in 0 9 Nm and 9 Ib in 1 02 Nm of torque to the screw f Using the
79. that meet the specifications defined in Chassis Grounding on page 83 and DC Power Connection and Power Cable Specifications on page 71 A CAUTION A licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the power cable that you supply A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router for example by causing a short circuit 2 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 5 Press and release the power button to power off the Services Router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off 4 Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is O V and that the cable leads cannot become active during installation 142 Mm Replacing Power System Components Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components A CAUTION You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity The power source cables might be labeled and to indicate their polarity There is no standard color coding for DC power cables The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply 5 Remove the power cable from the DC power source 6 UseaPhillips scr
80. uso con sistemi di alimentazione TN P bb bib b b WARNING Advarsel Utstyret er utfomet til bruk med TN stremsystemer gt WARNING Aviso O dispositivo foi criado para operar com sistemas de corrente TN gt WARNING Atenci n El equipo esta dise ado para trabajar con sistemas de alimentaci n tipo TN Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information WARNING Varning Enheten r konstruerad f r anv ndning tillsammans med elkraftssystem av TN typ Telecommunication Line Cord Warning WARNING To reduce the risk of fire use only No 26 AWG or larger UL listed or CSA certified telecommunication line cord WARNING Waarschuwing Om brandgevaar te reduceren dient slechts telecommunicatielijnsnoer nr 26 AWG of groter gebruikt te worden WARNING Varoitus Tulipalovaaran v hent miseksi k yt ainoastaan nro 26 AWG tai paksumpaa tietoliikennejohdinta WARNING Attention Pour r duire les risques d incendie n utiliser que des cordons de lignes de t l communications de type AWG n 26 ou plus larges WARNING Warnung Zur Reduzierung der Feuergefahr eine Fernmeldeleitungsschnur der Gr f amp e 26 AWG oder gr er verwenden P gt gt bib b WARNING Avvertenza Per ridurre il rischio di incendio usare solo un cavo per linea di telecomunicazioni di sezione 0 12 mm2 26 AWG o maggiore WARNING Advarsel
81. when you log into the J Web user interface or the CLI Retype root password Verifies that the root password has been typed correctly Retype the password Would you like to configure a domain name yes no no If you enter y es the configuration wizard presents the following prompt Enter domain name Defines the network or subnetwork that the machine belongs to Type the domain name Alphanumeric hyphen period and underline characters are allowed Configuring Basic Settings Using the CLI Configuration Wizard m 107 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 43 Basic Configuration Wizard Summary continued Prompt Function Your Action Would you like to configure name server yes nol Defines the name server no If you enter y es the configuration wizard presents the following prompt Enter IP address for the name server After you specify one name server the configuration wizard presents the following prompt Would you like to configure alternative name server yes no no If you enter y es the configuration wizard presents the following prompt Enter IP address for the name server Type the IP address of the name server Management Interfaces 108 1H Configuring Basic Settings Using the CLI Configuration Wizard Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity Table 43 Basic Configuration Wizard Summary continued Prompt Funct
82. with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Fail bonn toni o decepta field replaceable PIMs G SHDSE erso eA EEA Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs vs Gigabit Ethernet ublMs 41 Neat dissipation lidia 72 installiB caldo alada lo emite 122 installing Gales is 125 LEDs See LEDs major edj alati ena iau sre Ee eegen Eet 158 midplane to Routing Bngine 12 25 Don bot swappabiltv ee 35 121 122 offline troubleshooting 159 oie EE CE 55 PIM number always 0 124 169 power CONSUMPTION x tt Dada ir s 72 power management planning 72 power management troubleshooting 159 ele VE 120 replacing cables iia tote e plan et 125 serial number label isset orte 172 slot numbering J2520 and J2550 sssss 14 slot numbering J4350 and J6350 26 E Season ada 51 pinouts ADSL RJ 11 connector 194 chassis console DB 9 connector 191 chassis console Port aiy sedeo eer See een 190 EIA 550A DCE serial Cable 185 EIA 550A DTE serial Cable 184 Fast Ethernet COnInector e tele e 189 Gigabit Ethernet connector ePIM 190 Gigabit Ethernet connector uPIMS 189 ISDN RJ 45 cOnnector citis 195 RJ 45 chassis console connector 190 RJ 48 connector to DB 15 connector crossover MICE EU em EORR 195 RJ 48 connector to DB 15 connector straight RO 193 RJ 48 connector to RJ 48 connector Crossover
83. with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 168 Mm Contacting the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center Chapter 10 Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware This chapter describes how to return the Services Router or individual components to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement It contains the following topics m Locating Component Serial Numbers on page 169 m Contacting Customer Support on page 172 m Return Procedure on page 172 m Packing a Router or Component for Shipment on page 173 Locating Component Serial Numbers Before contacting Juniper Networks to request a Return Materials Authorization RMA you must find the serial number on the router or component To list the router components and their serial numbers enter the following command line interface CLD command user host gt show chassis hardware Hardware inventory Item Version Part number Serial number Description Chassis 015810200500 J6350 Midplane REV 00 710 012339 System IO REV 00 710 012315 JX350 System IO Routing Engine REV 00 710 012151 RE J6350 3400 HW crypto Crypto accelerator FPC 0 FPC PIC 0 4x GE Base PIC Se NOTE In the show chassis hardware command the PIM slot number is reported as an FPC number and the PIM number always 0 is reported as the PIC number Most components also have a serial number ID label attached to the component body Locating Component Serial Numbers m 169 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services
84. your system For systems with PCMCIA controllers a compact flash to PCMCIA adapter for example a Macally PCM CF compact flash PCMCIA adapter For systems with a USB port a USB to compact flash adapter For example m SIIGUSB 2 0 Card Reader model US2274 part number JU CF0122 MediaGear USB 2 0 Combo 9 in 4 model MGTR100 AVP USB 8 in 1 Card Reader model UC 28 Inland Multi Plus Card Reader part number 08510 HummingBird Multi Card Reader HCR 81 Recovery Software Software appropriate for your system UNIX with PCMCIA drivers Windows 2000 or Windows XP Systems running Windows require additional software WinZip gzip or a similar compression utility A utility such as the following that allows you to write files to unformatted devices m Norton Ghost m ddutility from the Cygwin package m physdiskwrite utility Configuring Internal Compact Flash Recovery To recover an internal compact flash with a corrupt or missing operating system you must remove the corrupt internal compact from the J series Services Router plug it into a PC with a PCMIA adapter or USB card reader copy the JUNOS recovery software package onto it and reinstall on the router Recovery software packages are available from the same location as J series upgrade software packages See the JUNOS Software Administration Guide To recover an internal compact flash 1 Plug the compact flash into a PCMCIA adapter or USB card reader
85. 0 and J2350 Services Routers are designed for installation in a rack that complies with either of the following standards m A 19 in rack as defined in Cabinets Racks Panels and Associated Equipment document number EIA 510 D published by the Electronics Industry Association http www eia org m A600 mm rack as defined in the four part Equipment Engineering EE European telecommunications standard for equipment practice document numbers ETS 500 119 1 through 119 4 published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute http www etsi org The horizontal spacing between the rails in a rack that complies with this standard is usually wider than the router s mounting ears which measure 19 in 48 2 cm from outer edge to outer edge Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails as required The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the router chassis s external dimensions m J2320 chassis 1 75 in 4 45 cm high 17 51 in 44 48 cm wide and 15 1 in 58 55 cm deep m J2350 chassis 2 61 in 6 63 cm high 17 51 in 44 48 cm wide and 15 1 in 58 55 cm deep The outer edges of the mounting ears extend the width of either chassis to 19 in 48 2 cm and the front of the chassis extends approximately 0 78 in 1 98 cm beyond the mounting ears The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances around the router and rack See General Site Guidelin
86. 0 and J6350 Midplane The midplane is located in the center of the chassis and forms the rear of the PIM card cage see Figure 18 on page 24 You install the PIMs into the midplane from the front of the chassis Data packets are transferred across the midplane from the PIM to the Routing Engine and from the Routing Engine across the midplane to the destination PIM J4350 and J6350 Routing Engine Hardware The Routing Engine consists of the following components m Processor Creates the packet forwarding switch fabric for the router and runs JUNOS Internet software to maintain the router s routing tables and routing protocols m DRAM Buffers incoming packets and provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes To view the amount of DRAM installed on your router issue the show chassis routing engine command m EPROM Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine To view the serial number of the Routing Engine issue either the show chassis routing engine command or the show chassis hardware command m Crypto Accelerator Module Processor card that enhances performance of cryptographic algorithms used in IP security IPSec services The cryptographic algorithms supported include Advanced Encryption Standard AES Data Encryption Standard DES triple DES 3DES Hashed Message Authentication Code Message Digest 5 HMAC MD5 and HMAC Secure Hash Algorithm 1 SHA 1 To determi
87. 0 and J6350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components 6 Locate the Crypto Module on the system board see Figure 84 on page 150 7 UsingaPhillips screwdriver remove the screw as shown in Figure 85 on page 151 Figure 85 Removing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Module Screw Release clips Remove screw 9003815 washer 8 Pullthe white release clips on either side of the Crypto Module out to either side as shown in Figure 86 on page 151 to tilt the Crypto Module upward Figure 86 Removing and Installing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module Remove Install Release clips 9003816 9 Slide the Crypto Module out of its socket 10 Remove the standoff washer that was under the Crypto Module 11 Place the Crypto Module on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J4350 and J6350 Routers m 151 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Installing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module To install a Crypto Accelerator Module M al A kee 10 Take the following steps if you have not already done so a Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 b Press and release the power butto
88. 03807 m 33 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 34 W J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 3 PIM Overview PIM Terms J series Services Routers accept Physical Interface Modules PIMs in the slots on the front of the chassis CAUTION PIMs are not hot swappable You must power off the Services Router before removing or inserting a PIM module Ensure that the PIMs are installed in the router chassis before booting up the system A Physical Interface Module PIM is a network interface card that is installed on a J series Services Router to provide physical connections to a LAN or a WAN The PIM receives incoming packets from the network and transmits outgoing packets to the network Each PIM is equipped with a dedicated network processor that forwards incoming data packets to the Routing Engine and receives outgoing data packets from the Routing Engine During this process the PIM performs framing and line speed signaling for its medium type For a complete list of supported PIMs see Field Replaceable PIMs on page 38 A single WXC Integrated Services Module also called an ISM 200 can be installed like a PIM in J2350 J4350 and J6350 routers to provide WAN acceleration For more information see the WXC Integrated Services Module Installation and Configuration Guide For J series Services Router PIM compatibility matrix and datasheets go to http www juniper net products jseries
89. 08 745 9500 outside the United States When you need to return a component 1 Determine the part number and serial number of the component For instructions see Locating Component Serial Numbers on page 169 2 Obtain an RMA number from JTAC 3 Provide the following information m Part number and serial number of component m Your name organization name telephone number fax number and shipping address m Description of the failure The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component 4 Packthe router or component for shipment as described in Packing a Router or Component for Shipment on page 175 Packing a Router or Component for Shipment This section contains the following topics m Tools and Parts Required on page 175 m Packing the Services Router for Shipment on page 174 m Packing Components for Shipment on page 174 Tools and Parts Required To remove components from the router or the router from a rack you need the following tools and parts m Blank panels to cover empty slots m Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat for each component m Electrostatic discharge ESD grounding wrist strap Packing a Router or Component for Shipment m 173 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Flat blade screwdriver approximately 1 4 in 6 mm Phillips screwdrivers numbers 1 and 2 Packing the Services Router for Shipment To pack the router fo
90. 1 port activity and alarms only It does not display ISDN PRI B channel or D channel status Field Replaceable PIMs T3 or E3 PIM Table 27 LEDs for Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Label Color State Description ONLINE Green On steadily PIM is online and operational Unlit Off PIM is not online STATUS Green On steadily Port is online with no alarms or failures and he physical layer is active Red Online Port is active with a ocal alarm The router has detected a failure and the physical layer is inactive Yellow Online Port is online with alarms for remote failures Unlit Offline Port is disabled For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide The T3 also known as DS5 PIM Figure 32 on page 51 and E3 PIM Figure 55 on page 52 provide a physical connection to T5 or E5 network media types The T5 and E3 PIMs include one physical T3 or E3 port with an integrated data service unit DSU Figure 32 T3 PIM 9002327 Field Replaceable PIMs WM 51 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 52 m Figure 33 E3 PIM 9002334 The T5 and E3 PIMs provide the following key features m Onboard network processor m Integrated DSU Eliminates the need for a separate external device m Subrate and scrambling options with support for majo
91. 20 and J2350 Routers on page 79 Installing J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 80 Connecting Interface Cables to Services Routers on page 85 Chassis Grounding on page 85 Connecting Power on page 84 Powering a Services Router On and Off on page 89 Before you begin installation complete the following tasks Read the information in Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 225 with particular attention to Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 216 Determine where to install the Services Router and verify that the rack or installation site meets the requirements described in Preparing for Router Installation on page 65 For installation gather the following equipment and tools Before You Begin M 77 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide m For J2320 and J2350 Services Routers Number 2 Phillips screwdriver and mounting screws appropriate for your rack m For J4350 and J6350 Services Routers Mounting brackets and screws provided number 2 Phillips screwdriver and mounting screws appropriate for your rack To connect the router to power and ground have ready a grounding cable and lug as specified in Chassis Grounding on page 83 and the power cords or cords shipped with the router You must supply your own power cables if you have a DC powered router See DC Power Connection and Power Cable Specifications on page 71 a NOTE The AC power cord for the Services Rou
92. 4 0 13 Received Line Signal Detector B 51 1 52 Terminal Timing B 55 2 56 Transmit Clock B 38 3 37 Clear to Send B 59 4 60 Transmit Data B 56 5 55 Transmit Clock A 2 6 1 Receive Data B 5 17 6 Receive Clock A 41 18 Local Loopback 47 19 48 Request to Send B 33 20 Data Terminal Ready A 4 23 Signal Ground 52 24 51 Terminal Timing A 26 to 25 50 to 29 i 18to 17 184 1H Serial PIM Cable Specifications ElA 530A DCE Cable Pinout Table 55 EIA 530A DCE Cable Pinout Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts LFH 60 Pin DB 25 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Shield Ground 1 2 2 Transmit Data A 60 3 59 Receive Data A 37 4 38 Request to Send A 48 5 47 Clear to Send A 33 6 Data Set Ready A 57 7 Signal Ground 15 8 14 Received Line Signal Detector A 51 9 52 Receive Clock B 14 0 13 Received Line Signal Detector B 6 1 5 Terminal Timing B 55 2 56 Transmit Clock B 47 3 48 Clear to Send B 2 4 1 Transmit Data B 56 5 55 Transmit Clock A 59 6 60 Receive Data B 52 7 51 Receive Clock A 45 8 Local Loopback 58 9 57 Request to Send B 9 20 Data Terminal Ready A 4 25 Signal Ground 5 24 6 Terminal Timing A 26 to 25 B gt 30 to 29 gt ei Serial PIM Cable Specifications m 185 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide V 35
93. 50 routers ordered with the optional Crypto Accelerator Module come standard with 1 GB of memory while those ordered without the Crypto Accelerator Module come standard with 256 MB of memory J4550 routers can contain between 256 MB and 2 GB of memory For instructions on adding memory see Replacing DRAM Modules on page 156 Each J4350 chassis contains four built in Gigabit Ethernet ports with link speeds of 10 100 1000 Mbps over a copper interface and six slots for field replaceable Physical Interface Modules PIMs Two of the six slots slots 5 and 6 support high speed interfaces ePIMs The J4350 Services Router supports the following field replaceable PIMs and modules m Gigabit Ethernet uPIM 1 port 6 port 8 port and 16 port m SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM 1 port m Copper Gigabit Ethernet ePIM 1 port m Dual Port Serial PIM m Dual Port El PIM m Dual Port T1 PIM m Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM m E3 PIM 1 port m DS3 T5 PIM 1 port m DualPort Fast Ethernet PIM m 4 port Fast Ethernet ePIM m 4 port ISDN BRI S T or U PIM m ADSL 2 24 Annex A PIM 1 port m ADSL 2 2 Annex B PIM 1 port J4350 Services Router Overview M 5 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide G SHDSL PIM 2 ports WXC Integrated Services Module J6350 Services Router Overview The J6350 Services Router is designed primarily for regional and central offices It has a chassis that is 2 U rack units in size with an
94. 77 on page 141 1 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 2 Press and release the power button to power off the Services Router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off Replacing Power System Components Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Er NOTE If the power supply is a redundant power supply in a J6550 Service Router p Pply p DIN you can leave the router powered on and power flowing in the other power supply Unplug the power cord from the power source receptacle Unplug the power cord from the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate Slide the ejector tab on the power supply faceplate to the right and hold it in place to unlock the power supply Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply Slide it halfway out of the chassis see Figure 77 on page 141 Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis If you are not reinstalling a power supply into the emptied slot install a blank power supply panel over the slot Figure 77 Removing an AC Power Supply Ejector Installing an AC Power Supply in J6350 Routers To install an AC power su
95. 9 DTE pinouts 181 serial V 35 DCE pIDOUts coe tont tes 187 serial V 55 DTE pinouts i deret tests 186 serial X21 DCE PINUS enero 188 serial X 21 DTE PINGUS ees 187 SHDSI RJALT PU rica 194 T1 RJ 48 pimours cece cecee eee ttteteeereees 191 Canada compliance Statement 255 case number for JTAG ri uei robes 172 channelized El Plica A gt eet 49 channelized E1 ports descripta dd do ode 49 DA TS 51 RJ 48 cable pitiQuts sides btts 191 channelized Plica ia 49 channelized T1 ports LEE IECH 49 REDES o in oo 51 RI 48 cable D D ier iet teet tea 191 chassis alarm conditions and remedies 158 component serial number labels 169 170 cover replacing 2320 and J2550 124 GITMENSIONS toe terc comete arc qe n une 11 24 environmental olerances heinesen 66 grounding iiss EE heat dissipation 23205 tse ders true netto tio 2350 tette e aab JA350 d o dettes e 63502 dade eso power corisumptlon upto tas 72 power management Dlannimg 72 power management troubleshooting 159 rack requirements odo e sete 64 WEINE EE 24 checklist for site preparation 75 clear operation RESET CONFIG button 160 cle t text ACCESS Laien Pee ce e e e ds 95 Clearance eu cc eie TE 65 CLI configuration editor baSiC SettiHgs co nro added di 110 initial configuro 110 comments in configuration statements xix committed conf
96. 9 TXIRX LE Data lec ettet vom RUN TEE 17 29 46 Type fire extinguishiers usi iste io rore teneret 67 U U port See ISDN BRI ports United States compliance statements 257 universal serial bus See USB UNPACKING the Oller acid ee ipte nes 78 254 m Index UPIMs Gigabit Ethernet See Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs URLs datasheets icc teu Eee reta 55 PIM information and datasbeets 55 release Notes irent edu mee ndi se cds Xv return and repair police 175 SUDDOEL citt eet ento enee thecae Fut eed Med 167 USB universal serial bus storage device Imstalltmg eee 155 storage device removing ees 154 storage device replacing cee 154 USB POTT naia getest dE i tege 17 50 utilities for compact flash regen 165 V V 55 DCE cable pinouts ohidin enteni ioa aes 187 V 55 DTE Cable PinOUts e p ire lts 186 ventilation requirement dut aa 63 verification b sic Connective etie ordre ree edades 115 W warnings battery handling DC power cables DC power dsconpectlon eree 205 DC power plant and chassis ground 71 DC wiring seduence 0 eect e eee e tees 207 DC wiring terminations 209 DC powered J4350 and J6350 routers restricted access installation only ono 68 earthed mains socket Norway and Sweden OMY DEE 211 Electrica 201 ESD strap to prevent router damage 21 follow lifting guidelines ee 79 81 TEE 199 grounded eguipment eiaa 210 installation TS 216 jewelry TEMOVAl css petioli e
97. CE Cable Pinout Table 53 RS 422 449 ElA 449 DCE Cable Pinout Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts LFH 60 Pin DC 37 DB 37 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Shield Ground 1 4 2 Send Data A 56 5 55 Send Timing A 60 6 59 Receive Data A 57 7 58 Request to Send A 52 8 51 Receive Timing A 48 9 47 Clear to Send A 45 10 Local Loopback 55 11 54 Data Mode A 9 12 10 Terminal Ready A 15 15 14 Receive Ready A 5 17 6 Terminal Timing A 56 19 Signal Ground 4 20 Receive Common 2 22 1 Send Data B 55 25 56 Send Timing B 59 24 60 Receive Data B 38 25 37 Request to Send B 51 26 52 Receive Timing B 47 27 48 Clear to Send B 34 29 33 Data Mode B 10 30 9 Terminal Ready B 14 31 15 Receiver Ready B 6 35 5 Terminal Timing B bif 57 Send Common 26 to 25 Serial PIM Cable Specifications m 183 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide EIA 530A DTE Cable Pinout Table 54 EIA 530A DTE Cable Pinout LFH 60 Pin DB 25 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Shield Ground 60 2 59 Transmit Data A 1 3 2 Receive Data A 48 4 47 Request to Send A 37 5 38 Clear to Send A 9 6 Data Set Ready A 57 Y Signal Ground 15 8 14 Received Line Signal Detector A 6 9 5 Receive Clock B 1
98. Cable Pinout Table 58 X 21 DTE Cable Pinout LFH 60 Pin DB 15 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Shield Ground Serial PIM Cable Specifications m 187 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 58 X 21 DTE Cable Pinout continued LFH 60 Pin DB 15 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 60 2 59 Transmit Data A 48 3 47 Control A 1 4 2 Receive A 37 5 38 Indicate A 5 6 6 Signal Element Timing A 57 8 Signal Ground 59 9 60 Transmit Data B 47 10 48 Control B 2 11 1 Receive B 38 12 37 Indicate B 6 13 5 Signal Element Timing B 30 to 29 18 to 17 E X 21 DCE Cable Pinout Table 59 X 21 DCE Cable Pinout LFH 60 Pin DB 15 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Shield Ground 1 2 2 Transmit Data A 37 3 38 Control A 60 4 59 Receive A 48 5 47 Indicate A 52 6 51 Signal Element Timing A 57 8 Signal Ground 2 9 1 Transmit Data B 38 10 37 Control B 59 11 60 Receive B 188 1H Serial PIM Cable Specifications Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts Table 59 X 21 DCE Cable Pinout continued LFH 60 Pin DB 15 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 47 12 48 Indicate B 51 15 52 Signal Element Timing B 30 to 29 Fast Ethernet RJ 45 Connector Pinout Table 60 on page 189 describes the Fast Ethernet RJ 45 connector pinout informatio
99. Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information WARNING Atenci n Existe peligro de explosi n si la bater a se reemplaza de manera incorrecta Reemplazar la bater a exclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente recomendado por el fabricante Desechar las bater as gastadas seg n las instrucciones del fabricante WARNING Varning Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte Ers tt endast batteriet med samma batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande F lj tillverkarens anvisningar vid kassering av anv nda batterier Jewelry Removal Warning WARNING Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines remove jewelry including rings necklaces and watches Metal objects heat up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals WARNING Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is verbonden sieraden inclusief ringen kettingen en horloges verwijderen Metalen voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden en kunnen ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen lassen WARNING Varoitus Ennen kuin ty skentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa ota pois kaikki korut sormukset kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien Metalliesineet kuumenevat kun ne ovat yhteydess s hk virran ja maan kanssa ja ne voiv
100. Components on page 139 Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 146 Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 149 Replacing Air Filters on J2350 Routers on page 153 Replacing Air Filters on J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 154 Tools and Parts Required To replace hardware components you need the tools and parts listed in Table 46 on page 120 Tools and Parts Required m 119 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 46 Tools and Parts Required Tool or Part Components Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat All Electrostatic discharge ESD All grounding wrist strap Flat blade screw blade screwdriver PIM approximately 1 4 in 6 mm Phillips screwdriver number 1 and number 2 Chassis cover Compact flash Crypto Accelerator Module DRAM modules PIM Power system components Replacing the Console Port Cable Replacing a PIM Removing a PIM The RJ 45 port labeled CONSOLE on the Services Router s front panel allows you to connect the router to an external management device such as a laptop or a terminal server For cable specifications see Chassis Console Port Pinouts on page 190 To replace the console port cable 1 Locate an appropriate replacement cable and connector 2 Plug the Ethernet connector at either end of the cable into the console port on the front panel see Figure 57 on page 100 3 Plug the c
101. DN network and a network termination device consisting of two twisted pairs one each for transmitting and receiving The S T interface usually resides in the customer premises and operates at 192 Kbps of which ISDN traffic accounts for 144 Kbps ISDN U interface Single twisted pair interface line connecting the customer premises unit in an ISDN network to the central office A U interface runs at 144 Kbps 128 Kbps for two B channels and 16 Kbps for the D channel plain old telephone service POTS Standard telephone service that allows limited speed and bandwidth of 52 Kbps which is also know as public switched telephone network PSTN Primary Rate Interface PRI ISDN service intended for higher bandwidth applications than ISDN BRI ISDN PRI consists of a single D channel for control and signaling plus a number of 64 Kbps B channels either 25 B channels on a T1 line or 50 B channels on an E1 line to carry network traffic uPIM Universal switching PIM A particular type of PIM such as the Gigabit Ethernet uPIM which can be universally inserted in any slot on a J2320 J2350 J4550 or J6350 Services Router PIM Term m 37 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Field Replaceable PIMs PIMs are removable and insertable only when the Services Router is powered off You install PIMs into slots in the router chassis If a slot is not occupied by a PIM a PIM blank panel must be installed to s
102. DTE Cable Pinout Table 56 V 35 DTE Cable Pinout LFH 60 Pin M 34 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 A Frame Ground 57 B Signal Ground 48 C Request to Send 57 D Clear to Send 9 E Data Set Ready 15 F Received Line Signal Detector 55 H Data Terminal Ready 41 K Test Mode 60 P 59 Transmit Data A 1 R 2 Receive Data A 59 S 60 Transmit Data B 2 T 1 Receive Data B 52 U 51 Terminal Timing A 5 V 6 Receive Timing A 51 W 52 Terminal Timing B 6 X 5 Receive Timing B 56 Y 55 Transmit Timing A 55 AA 56 Transmit Timing B 22 to 21 26 to 25 Za 18 to 17 si 186 Mm Serial PIM Cable Specifications V 35 DCE Cable Pinout Table 57 V 35 DCE Cable Pinout Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts LFH 60 Pin M 34 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 A Frame Ground 57 B Signal Ground 37 G Request to Send 48 D Clear to Send 33 E Data Set Ready 13 F Received Line Signal Detector 9 H Data Terminal Ready 45 K Test Mode 1 P 2 Transmit Data A 60 R 59 Receive Data A 2 S 1 Transmit Data B 59 T 60 Receive Data B 5 U 6 Terminal Timing A 52 V 51 Receive Timing A 6 W 5 Terminal Timing B 51 X 52 Receive Timing B 56 M 55 Transmit Timing A 55 AA 56 Transmit Timing B 22 to 21 26 to 25 E X 21 DTE
103. DU m M 14 27 IAN ASIING iii 72 power cables See DC power cables power cords See AC power cords power supplies See power supplies power system See power system TEMOINS iA E seti pde taies HRS Id ds 89 Iequife rie Es aote tet e t quU Peers 69 troubleshooting 159 poWer DUO it ete e e e cedet 14 27 power cables See DC power cables power cords See AC power cords POWERSLED7 5 eed EN videres 14 27 power management planing ane CE Re dere troubleshooting power supplies 2 520 ds e ihe Ae i 18 J2550 aay 18 JAB SO rap tc a te e Ee st ROSE 30 J6350 See power supplies J6350 DIA A Beeler dea 31 power supplies J6350 blank panel required in empty slot dedicated AC power feed requirement dedicated DC power feed requirement description iir ue e sede er i tete installed i kat EE 141 installing DC niae to etes 144 LED State Siiri asd tee deni end b teer ond 31 redundancy cs tetto t ee cem E REL ral et 31 temoving AC assiste cine pne Psy he peas 140 removing DC oe eee tetto rna E 145 serial number lab lia ide 172 power system COnfiecHlhng tous sc sot ee etti 85 86 Mt dnte idet etis 19 52 J252 a ated tdeo o deed 18 14950 6 Ls e E ER 50 T6350 tires trt tr tte RERO Iq EE ER dee 51 power supply LED arseenia ie ee 51 preparing for Installattom go teie ar e a 63 product disposal s radares dl elas 231 product DVerVieW o oes etae tota etica 5 pro
104. EN 61000 4 3 EN 61000 4 4 EN 61000 4 6 EN 61000 4 5 EN 61000 4 11 5 and 11 AC only I E s Ji e Place Sagnatun Date Sunnyvale CA John Lockwood 06 20 2007 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements m 235 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide y Juniper ES NETWORK Declaration of Conformity Juniper Networks Inc 1194 N Mathilda Ave Sunnyvale CA 94089 USA declares that under our sole responsibility the product s Internet Router Model 34350 J36350 are in conformity with the provisions of the following EC Directives including all amendments and with national leg Limplementing these directives Low Voltage Directive 73 23 E EC EMC Directive 89 336 EEC following harmonized standards have been applied EN 60950 1 2001 A11 EN 60825 1 1994 41 A2 EN 300 386 V 1 3 1 2001 EN 55024 1998 EN 5022 1998 A1 A2 N 61000 3 2 EN 61000 3 3 N 61000 4 2 EN 61000 4 3 EN 61000 4 4 EN 61000 4 5 EN 61000 4 6 EN 61000 4 1 1 Place Sunny vale ot I 0 09 2006 Japan OBI PARAR SENS ARABES VCCI VDE itdbo422Bf sEWdEEBE CT LOREM FERECEATATI e ARE LULITVOEFA ZO VAART LEV a AENOR Lc ferwerk s5BEREeEszELISILBAGSUX DRAE CIE LV ROR LT FAV The preceding translates as follows This is a Class B product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information Technology Equipment VCCI If this product is used near a radio or television receiver in a
105. El zu p IIl 9 X a a 3290 SS og GO a CH 0 o B i Q 5 BBC O pm o o a 2 Ls SA z gt z l CEPA 3 i e DRAM 2 pairs 3 IS Rear To modify the DRAM configuration use the following procedures Removing a DRAM Module on page 137 Installing a DRAM Module on page 138 Removing a DRAM Module To remove a DRAM module 1 2 Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see the Getting Started Guide for your router Press and release the power button to power off the router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off Unplug the power cord or cable from the power source receptacle Remove the screws from the sides and top of the chassis that secure the cover to the chassis Slide the cover off the chassis For J2320 and J2350 routers see Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 To release the DRAM module press the plastic ejectors on both sides of the module see Figure 76 on page 138 Grasp the DRAM module being careful not t
106. Front of J2320 Chassis Console Physical Interface port Modules PIMs 004100 Power Auxiliary LAN USB Blank ESD button port ports ports PlMpanel point J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features Figure 2 Front of J2350 Chassis Console Physical Interface port Modules PIMs 9004122 Power Auxiliary LAN USB Blank ESD button port ports ports PIM panels point Figure 3 Rear of J2320 Chassis External compact Protective flash cover earthing terminal Power AC power Power supply cable tie appliance inlet fan exhaust 9004101 Figure 4 Rear of J2350 AC Powered Chassis External compact Protective Air filter flash cover earthing terminal Screw Power AC power Power supply cable tie appliance inlet fan exhaust 9004123 J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features 8 9 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 5 Rear of J2350 DC Powered Chassis External compact Protective Air filter flash cover earthing terminal Screw Ke Power DC terminal Power supply y cable tie block fan exhaust Figure 6 J2320 Hardware Components front Physical Interface Internal
107. Hardware Guide The following sections describe the label location on each type of component m J2320 and J2350 Chassis Serial Number and Agency Labels on page 170 m J4350 and J6350 Chassis Serial Number and Agency Labels on page 171 m PIM Serial Number Label on page 172 m Power Supply Serial Number Labels on page 172 J2320 and J2350 Chassis Serial Number and Agency Labels 12320 and J2350 Services Routers have serial number ID labels located on the back of the chassis as shown in Figure 92 on page 170 and an agency label on the bottom of the chassis as shown in Figure 93 on page 170 Figure 92 Location of the Serial Number ID Labels 9004120 J2350JH COM 001 cb307 700 DL JN 10C4720ADL COO Serial number ID label Figure 93 Location of the Agency Labels Models Serial MAC Mig Date a g004144 170 1H Locating Component Serial Numbers Chapter 10 Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware J4350 and J6350 Chassis Serial Number and Agency Labels J4350 and J6350 Services Routers have serial number ID labels on the back of the chassis as shown in Figure 94 on page 171 and an agency label on the bottom front corner as shown in Figure 95 on page 171 Figure 94 Location of Serial Number ID Labels Wu p pu HU J 4350 JB OA DA ALA IIT MU 00121ea92500 208 2800 0 EU IA 0008 NNN 0010dbd38580 Figure 95 Location of the Agency Labels
108. IM is booting STATUS Green On steadily Online with no alarms or failures Red On steadily Active with a local alarm The router has detected a failure For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Field Replaceable PIMs m 59 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 60 1m Field Replaceable PIMs Part 2 Installing a Services Router m Preparing for Router Installation on page 65 m Installing and Connecting a Services Router on page 77 m Establishing Basic Connectivity on page 91 m Installing JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services on page 115 Installing a Services Router m 621 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 62 19 Installing a Services Router Chapter 4 Preparing for Router Installation Before installing a J series Services Router make sure that your site has the proper operating environment and equipment Use the checklist at the end of the chapter to help you prepare your site This chapter discusses the following topics General Site Guidelines on page 63 Rack Requirements on page 64 Router Environmental Tolerances on page 66 Fire Safety Requirements on page 66 Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications on page 67 Network Cable Specifications on page 74 ISDN Provisioning on page 74 Site Preparation Checklist on page 75 General Site Guidelines The following precautions help you plan an acceptabl
109. Installing J2320 and J2350 Routers AN WARNING DC powered Services Routers are intended for installation only in a restricted access location You can center mount or front mount the J2320 and J2350 Services Routers in a rack In general a center mount rack is preferable to a front mount rack because the more even distribution of weight in the center mount rack provides greater stability Many types of racks are acceptable including four post telco racks enclosed cabinets and open frame racks For more information about the type of rack or cabinet the J series router can be installed into see Rack Requirements on page 64 WARNING If you are installing multiple routers in one rack install the lowest one first and proceed upward in the rack Install heavier routers in the lower part of the rack The router must be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack WARNING The J2320 or J2350 chassis weighs between 14 8 lb 6 7 kg and 18 2 Ib 8 3 kg Read and follow the lifting guidelines in Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 216 To install the J2320 or J2350 router into a rack 1 Ifnecessary reposition the mounting brackets You can position the brackets in either the center or the front Positioning the brackets in the center offers greater stability J2320 and J2350 Services Routers come with mounting brackets installed on them see Figure 42 on page 79 Figure 42 Mou
110. JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide for J series Services Routers Release 9 2 Juniper Networks Inc 1194 North Mathilda Avenue Sunnyvale California 94089 USA 408 745 2000 www juniper net Part Number 530 025664 01 Revision 1 This product includes the Envoy SNMP Engine developed by Epilogue Technology an Integrated Systems Company Copyright 1986 1997 Epilogue Technology Corporation All rights reserved This program and its documentation were developed at private expense and no part of them is in the public domain This product includes memory allocation software developed by Mark Moraes copyright 9 1988 1989 1995 University of Toronto This product includes FreeBSD software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its contributors All of the documentation and software included in the 4 4BSD and 4 4BSD Lite Releases is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of California Copyright 1979 1980 1983 1986 1988 989 1991 1992 1995 1994 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved GateD software copyright 9 1995 the Regents of the University All rights reserved Gate Daemon was originated and developed through release 3 0 by Cornell University and its collaborators Gated is based on Kirton s EGP UC Berkeley s routing daemon routed and DCN s HELLO routing protocol Development of Gated has been supported in part by the National Science Foundation P
111. ONFIG button for 15 seconds or more until the STATUS LED blinks red deletes all configurations on the router including the backup configurations and rescue configuration and loads and commits the factory configuration For details about the factory default settings see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Changing the RESET CONFIG Button Behavior You can change the default operation of the the RESET CONFIG button by limiting how the button resets the router m Toprevent the RESET CONFIG button from setting the router to the factory default configuration and deleting all other configurations enter the following command You can still press and quickly release the button to reset it to the rescue configuration user host set chassis config button no clear m To prevent the RESET CONFIG button from setting the router to the rescue configuration enter the following command You can still press and hold button for 15 seconds or more to reset the router to the factory defaults user host set chassis config button no rescue m To disable the button and prevent the router from resetting to either configuration use the following command user host set chassis config button no clear no rescue The no rescue option prevents the RESET CONFIG button from loading the rescue configuration The no clear option prevents the RESET CONFIG button from deleting all configurations on the router To return the function of the RESET CONFIG t
112. POWER LED to turn off 2 Remove the power cable from the power source receptacle 3 With a Phillips screwdriver remove the grounding screw 4 Remove the router from the rack Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components 5 With a Phillips screwdriver remove the flat head screws from the rear and sides of the chassis 6 Position the router so that you face the front panel 7 Place your hands on the cover and press down while pushing the cover back until the two front tabs disengage from the chassis base see Figure 61 on page 125 Figure 61 Sliding the Chassis Cover 8 Lift the cover upward and pull it away from the tabs on the rear of the chassis see Figure 62 on page 125 Figure 62 Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover 9004129 Angle the cover to align e all slots with tabs at both the front and rear of the chassis Cover tab Chassis slot To replace the cover on the J2320 and J2350 chassis 1 Lower the cover onto the chassis so that the front edge of the cover is a few inches away from the front edge of the chassis base see Figure 62 on page 125 2 Tilt the cover and align the rear tabs with the slots at the bottom of the chassis see Figure 63 on page 126 Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers m 125 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 63 Matching the Chassis Slots and
113. R eet a EE safety warnings serial port status SHDSL port status STATUS router SL POTES tas 04d d uoi id ci es ES DOTUSEAELUS oh odor ede pr d teet e dieta EE uge Me ightening activity warming eee 228 imitations compact flash recovery does not recover configuration TICS ica 164 ink activity LED 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM 55 VINK EED EEEE toa 17 29 46 ink status LED 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM 55 LINK SPEED LED Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM 53 ithium battery compliance 255 O MET EE 94 ocal connection to the router console port 98 oopback address defining configuration dito 115 defining Quick Conftguration ee 105 OVGFVIGW ac seh ce o dE e EA 94 LX transceiver Gigabit Ethernet ePIM ss poto p teg t 46 Gigabit Ethernet uPIM M maintenance AC power cord replacing eee 159 ac lena tendo eb ed bene repito nda 154 console port cable Chassis 120 Crypto Accelerator Module DC power cable replacing DRAM modules external compact flash internal compact flash ooo BIN blei e Hs POWEL VEER deri et e tod dnd tools ande parts req lred outs eet Tete USB storage de vic aid hne tet eid tss WATNE EE major red alarms Routing EngNet isn t eot be 158 management access 95 management device connecting through the CL 100 162 connecting to console port 162 connecting to w
114. Replace the failed PIM See Replacing a PIM on page 120 Red major Routing Engine An error occurred during the process of reading or writing compact flash Reformat the compact flash and install a bootable image See the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Yellow minor If this remedy fails you must replace the failed Routing Engine To contact JTAC see Requesting Technical Support on page Xxii Routing Engine temperature is too warm m Check the room temperature See Router Environmental Tolerances on page 66 Yellow minor m Check the air flow See General Site Guidelines on page 63 m Check the fans If you must replace a fan or the Routing Engine contact JTAC See Requesting Technical Support on page xxii m Ifthe router has an air filter check the filter and replace it if t appears clogged See Replacing Air Filters on J2350 Routers on page 153or Replacing Air Filters on J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 154 Routing Engine fan has failed Replace the failed fan To contact JTAC see Requesting Technical Support on page xxii Red major 158 m Troubleshooting Hardware Components Chapter 9 Troubleshooting a Services Router Troubleshooting Power Management Ifone or more PIMs remain offline when you power on the chassis the combination of PIMs installed might exceed the power and heat capacity of the c
115. S 422 449 EIA 449 DCE Cable Pinout ssssssss 185 EIA 530A DTE Cable PINOUT i E ott e tea Hei eu 184 EIA 530A DCE Cabl PinQut tas oc it eret tee CI ee S eee e ea 185 Vid OID TE Cable PIU EE 186 V35 DCE SIE LE 187 2 21 DTE Cable PINOUT 15e Ded rt tte e teftes 187 Xel DCE Cable Pinout i npe AA en dg 188 Fast Ethernet RJ 45 Connector BINOUE 5 ett clarita 189 Gigabit Ethernet uPIM RJ 45 Connector Pinot 189 Gigabit Ethernet ePIM RJ 45 Connector Pinot 190 Chassis Console Port PinOUts m da dels e pe dad 190 Ed and Tl RIAS Cable PIQUE traera fette 191 E3 and T5 BNC Connector Pinout raoic irira eriari eee 194 ADSL and G SHDSL RJ 11 Connector Pinout sssssssss 194 ISDN R A45 Connector PINOUT EE 195 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information 197 Definition of Safety Warning Levels mireanna e ine 197 Safety Guidelines and Warnings oeoriciap eiet a e 199 General Safety Guidelines and Warnings sse 199 Qualified Personnel Warning ee 200 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage s 201 Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings ssssse 201 General Electrical Safety Guidelines ercran otanta 202 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines sssssse 205 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines 204 Power Sources for Redundant Power Supplies sssssse 205 DC Power Disconnection Warning ssssssssssss 205 DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning i c 206 DC Power Wiring Sequen
116. Services Hardware Guide Table 65 on page 192 through Table 68 on page 193 describe the RJ 48 connector pinouts Table 65 RJ 48 Connector to RJ 48 Connector Straight Pinout RJ 48 Pin RJ 48 Pin on T1 E1 PIM Data Numbering Data Numbering Form Form Signal 1 1 RX Ring 2 2 RX Tip 4 4 TX Ring 5 5 TX Tip 3 3 Shield Return Ground 6 6 Shield Return Ground 7 No connect No connect 8 No connect No connect Table 66 RJ 48 Connector to RJ 48 Connector Crossover Pinout RJ 48 Pin RJ 48 Pin on T1 E1 PIM Data Numbering Data Numbering Form Form Signal 1 4 RX Ring lt gt TX Ring 2 5 RX Tip lt gt TX Tip 4 1 TX Ring lt gt RX Ring 5 2 TX Tip lt gt RX Tip 3 3 Shield Return Ground 6 6 Shield Return Ground Y No connect No connect 8 No connect No connect 192 Mm E1 and T1 RJ 48 Cable Pinouts Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts Table 67 RJ 48 Connector to DB 15 Connector Straight Pinout RJ 48 Pin on T2 E1 PIM DB 15 Pin Data Numbering Data Numbering Form Form Signal 1 11 RX Ring gt RX Ring 2 5 RX Tip lt gt RX Tip 4 9 TX Ring gt TX Ring 5 1 TX Tip TX Tip 5 4 Shield Return Ground 6 2 Shield Return Ground 7 o connect o connect 8 o connect o connect 9 o connect o conne
117. Troubleshooting Hardware Components m 159 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide m Remove one or more PIMs from the chassis This option requires that you power off the router For more information about removing PIMs see Removing a PIM on page 120 m Bring the PIM online without powering off the router To do so use the set chassis fpc offline command to set another PIM slot in the chassis to the offline state For example userGhost set chassis fpc 2 offline If the power and heat tokens no longer exceed the maximum the PIMs that were placed offline by J series power management are brought online automatically m Use the set chassis disable power management command to disable J series power management user Ghost set chassis disable power management CAUTION Use extreme caution when disabling J series power management To prevent equipment damage do not install a combination of PIMs that exceeds the power or heat capacity of your router when J series power management is disabled The set chassis disable power management command brings the offline PIMs online automatically To reenable J series power management remove the set chassis disable power management command from the configuration For detailed information about the set chassis fpc offline and set chassis disable power management commands see the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide Resetting the Configuration File When the Router Is Inaccessi
118. UNOS Slots 1 through 6 ge 2 0 5 Ethernet uPIM software with enhanced services Ports 0 through 5 8 Port Gigabit Ethernet Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 ge 2 0 7 uPIM software with enhanced services Ports 0 through 7 16 Port Gigabit Ethernet Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 ge 2 0 15 uPIM software with enhanced services Ports 0 through 15 1 Port SFP Gigabit Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Can be installed in any ge 3 0 0 Ethernet ePIM software with enhanced high speed slot as follows services m J4350 Slots 3 and 6 Port 0 m J6350 Slots 2 5 5 and 6 Port 0 Dual Port Serial PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 se 3 0 1 software with enhanced services Ports 0 and 1 Dual Port T1 or E1 PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 t1 0 0 1 software with enhanced services Ports 0 and 1 or e1 0 0 1 Dual Port Channelized Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 ct1 0 0 0 T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM software with enhanced services Port 0 and 1 ce1 0 0 0 40 m Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Table 20 J4350 and J6350 Field Replaceable PIM and Module Summary continued Supported Software Releases Sample Interface Name PIM for This PIM Slot and Port Numbering type pim 0 port T3 or E3 PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 t3 0 0 0 software with enhanced services Port 0 or e3 2 0 0 Dua
119. Varoitus Ala ty skentele j rjestelm n parissa l k yhdist tai irrota kaapeleita ukkosilmalla Pb WARNING Attention Ne pas travailler sur le syst me ni brancher ou d brancher les c bles pendant un orage WARNING Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schlie en Sie keine Kabel an bzw trennen Sie keine ab wenn es gewittert WARNING Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un temporale con fulmini WARNING Advarsel Utfor aldri arbeid p systemet eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet n r det tordner eller lyner WARNING Aviso N o trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante per odos de mau tempo trovoada WARNING jAtenci n No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso de descargas el ctricas en la atm sfera P gt gt b b WARNING Varning Vid ska skall du aldrig utf ra arbete p systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss kablar Operating Temperature Warning WARNING To prevent the router from overheating do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature of 104 F 40 C To prevent airflow restriction allow at least 6 inches 15 2 cm of clearance around the ventilation openings WARNING Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke router van de Juniper Networks router dan ook oververhit raakt dient u deze niet te bedienen
120. W 9004121 Internal compact flash To replace the internal compact flash 1 2 Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 Press and release the power button to power off the router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off Remove the power cable from the power source receptacle Remove chassis cover See Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 WARNING If the fans are still rotating wait until they stop before proceeding with the next step With a Phillips screwdriver loosen the pan head screws that secure the internal compact flash slot cover Remove the compact flash slot cover Gently grasp the compact flash and slide it out of the compact flash slot see Figure 65 on page 128 Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J2320 and J2350 Routers m 127 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 65 Removing the J2320 or J2350 Internal Compact Flash Slide internal compact flash out of the compact flash slot PIM card cage Chassis front Place the compact flash on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag W
121. advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements m 237 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide If trouble is experienced with this equipment or for repair or warranty information please follow the applicable procedures explained in the Technical Support section of this manual m FCC Registration Number See label on product m Required Connector USOC RJ 48C m Service Order Code SOC 6 ON 238 m Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements Part 5 index m Index on page 241 Index m 239 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 240 m index index Symbols comments in configuration statements xix in syntax descriptions eeeeereeeeeeees xix 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM decet dene id 54 4 Port ISDN BRI S T PIM deScrIptloriza tt eet Rte et ode into D 55 BIMCONLINE LED poete fette teet eds 56 4 Port ISDN BRI U PIM descriptione esce eg ivo ec inrer eres 55 PIM ONLINE LED der rir ehe 56 lt gt in syntax descriptions eens xix in configuration statemenmtg cece xix 3 in configuration statements xix pipe in syntax descriptlons cece xix A AG plug types asas arial rig 70 AC power Connecte POWER 84 cords See AC power cords dedicated AC power feed requirement 142 electrical specifications 009 grounding the router
122. afety Requirements ius oet eie eee der a I pe ed e aed edd 66 Fife eelere 66 Fire SUppressi n EQUIPMENE xac mec Aga mee eer reete coc A ten 67 Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications ssssssssssss 67 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines conc nnnnnnnno 68 Sigrialirig AmitatloDls 4 dascttec bete e toot lada ett 68 Radio Frequency Interference reete t ree eget e oet es 68 Electromagnetic Compatibility serio teat t ette t eee tet 68 Router Power Requlremierits zu5 cei ete rre e Ee ET Tu iode ko denas 69 AC Power Connection and Power Cord Specifications 0 2 00 69 DC Power Connection and Power Cable Specifications 0 0 0 0 71 Planning for Power Management 72 Network Cable Specifications sssssssssssssssss m e 74 ISDNPLOVISIONINS ctrl btt teet deb ueste egit e d ertet 74 Site Preparation Chechlist e eee cri ete e e e educ c 75 Installing and Connecting a Services Router 77 Before VOU BEGIN EE 77 Unpacking a J series Servic s ROUTE ouvir torig te dare e ein nes 78 Installing 2520 and 2350 ROUters noe ttim E be ceti eee egies 79 Installing J4350 and J6550 Routers caniin i ee 80 Connecting Interface Cables to Services Routers sssssssssm 85 Chassis Groundltig ia To esee oe RH ee EV FENDER ER I en 85 Connecting POWeL ai cod eei ia acts end ot 84 Connecting ACTBOWOT e ee nee e gre UT get egens 84 Connecting DC POWER 0 3 ect te laa oe eos tent 86 Powering a Services Router On
123. and try again 4 To configure the USB storage device with the request system snapshot command see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Replacing DRAM Modules The DRAM installed on the Routing Engine provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes The design of the Routing Engine allows you to modify the DRAM configuration by adding DRAM modules to the system board or removing DRAM modules from the board The DRAM modules are located on the top of the system board as shown in Figure 74 on page 156 and Figure 75 on page 157 Two pairs of slots are available for installing DRAM modules Installing DRAM modules in slots away from each other provides better performance than installing them in two adjacent slots ES NOTE Use only DRAM modules purchased through Juniper Networks specifically for your model Figure 74 J2320 and J2350 DRAM Location Front 9004111 DRAM 2 pairs 136 1H Replacing DRAM Modules Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Figure 75 J4350 and J6350 DRAM Location Slot 1 Slot2 Slot 3 Slot 4 L H Es D a Uf oo an swosow buno O wua o 0 B zn O
124. as ott ed atte P s 6 J6350 types supported cee eeeeeeeees 39 ISDN BRI ports BRING asias 55 BERT Eed E 55 Be 56 provisiOnlng ent soi ete Leges cea iia ttes 74 RJ 45 connector PINQUES messies siini 195 ISDN ERT it ett teretes ie PES 49 ISDN D OVISIOTIgz iot se tete e edet e gerens 74 See also ISDN BRI ports J J series establishing software connectivity 91 hardware replacement 119 hardware Return cvs odisti aceto eet tede 169 installation and Connection 77 models avallable croacia cto na 5 network cables and Comnmectorg 179 PUM Sips e A E Aet deest 55 safety and Compllance 197 Site preparation ous seca ells Eed ef 65 J Web configuration editor basic Settings iss ee cade edet Ael s 110 initial config ratlorh suce ipeo ie rp teet eds 110 J Web interface configuration editor See J Web configuration editor COMMECUING ica na te da 97 Quick Configuration See Quick Configuration regaining lost DHCP lease after initial 32320 32350 COREIBUTAtOTI id eee eed o eres 104 J Web Quick Configuration See Quick Configuration NAAA OR b a obf 12 boot SEQUENCES iine ais e pep ers 12 EE 8 chassis cover replacing erain 124 compact flash location 127 compact flash replacing cece 127 COONS SYSTE aia terit E 19 electrical specifications 69 external compact ash ccciinnccrcnons 18 Carme OS 19 font PAM 15 hard Wane sss doses epos tette test id 7 20 installato 2 2 o vueerteo orte etr do interfaces Supported
125. at aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liit nt napoihin WARNING Attention Avant d acc der cet quipement connect aux lignes lectriques ter tout bijou anneaux colliers et montres compris Lorsqu ils sont branch s l alimentation et reli s la terre les objets m talliques chauffent ce qui peut provoquer des blessures graves ou souder l objet m tallique aux bornes WARNING Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Ger ten die an das Netz angeschlossen sind jeglichen Schmuck einschlie lich Ringe Ketten und Uhren abnehmen Metallgegenst nde erhitzen sich wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden und k nnen schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlu amp klemmen angeschweift werden Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 227 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 228 m WARNING Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione togliersi qualsiasi monile inclusi anelli collane braccialetti ed orologi Gli oggetti metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa possono causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo puo saldarsi ai terminali WARNING Advarsel Fjern alle smykker inkludert ringer halskjeder og klokker fer du skal arbeide p utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger Metallgjenstander som er koblet til kraftledninger og jord blir svaert varme og kan for r
126. ate listed in the revision history YEAR 2000 NOTICE Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant The JUNOS software has no known time related limitations through the year 2058 However the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2056 SOFTWARE LICENSE The terms and conditions for using this software are described in the software license contained in the acknowledgment to your purchase order or to the extent applicable to any reseller agreement or end user purchase agreement executed between you and Juniper Networks By using this software you indicate that you understand and agree to be bound by those terms and conditions Generally speaking the software license restricts the manner in which you are permitted to use the software and may contain prohibitions against certain uses The software license may state conditions under which the license is automatically terminated You should consult the license for further details For complete product documentation please see the Juniper Networks Web site at www juniper net techpubs End User License Agreement READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT AGREEMENT BEFORE DOWNLOADING INSTALLING OR USING THE SOFTWARE BY DOWNLOADING INSTALLING OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR OTHERWISE EXPRESSING YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN YOU AS CUSTOMER OR IF YOU ARE NOT THE CUSTOMER AS A REPRESENTATIVE AGENT AUTHORIZED TO BIND THE CUSTOMER CONSENT TO BE
127. bes the meaning of the LEDs Field Replaceable PIMs mM 43 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 21 Gigabit Ethernet Port LEDs Function Color State Description Link Green On steadily Port is online Unlit Off Port is offline Activity Green Blinking Port is transmitting or receiving traffic TX RX Unlit Off Port might be online but it is not receiving traffic For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Optical Interface Support Table 22 on page 44 describes the optical interface support on the 1 port and 6 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs over single mode fiber optic SMF and multimode fiber optic MMF cables Table 22 Optical Interface Support for SFP Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs Parameter 1000Base SX Transceiver 1000Base LX Transceiver Model number JX SFP 1GE SX JX SFP 1GE LX Maximum distance 500 m 1640 ft on 50 125 um 10 km 6 2 mi on 9 125 um SMF MMF cable cable 200 m 656 ft on 62 5 125 um 550 m 1894 ft on MMF cable MMF cable Transmitter 850 nm through 860 nm 1270 nm through 1555 nm wavelength Average launch power 9 5 dBm through 4 dBm For SMF cable 9 5 dBm through 5 dBm For MMF cable 11 5 dBm through 5 dBm Receiver sensitivity 21 dBm through 18 dBm 25 dBm through 20 5 dBm Copper Interface Support The 1 port and 6 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs also support 1000Base T SFPs
128. ble You can use the router s RESET CONFIG button to restore the router s configuration file when the current one is faulty or fails You can also change the default behavior of the RESET CONFIG button Using the RESET CONFIG Button 160 m If a configuration fails or denies management access to the router you can use the RESET CONFIG button to restore the router to the factory default configuration or a rescue configuration For example if someone inadvertently commits a configuration that denies management access to a router you can delete the invalid configuration and replace it with a rescue configuration by pressing the RESET CONFIG button The button is recessed to prevent it from being pressed accidentally Resetting the Configuration File When the Router Is Inaccessible Chapter 9 Troubleshooting a Services Router The rescue configuration is a previously committed valid configuration You must have previously set the rescue configuration through the J Web interface or the CLI To press the RESET CONFIG button insert a small probe such as a straightened paper clip into the pinhole on the front panel see Figure 8 on page 13 and Figure 9 on page 13 m By default pressing and quickly releasing the RESET CONFIG button loads and commits the rescue configuration through the J Web interface or the CLI For details see the J Web Interface User Guide and the JUNOS CLI User Guide m By default pressing and holding the RESET C
129. bled PIMs and modules PIMs or PIMs plus a WXC Integrated Services Module that exceed the maximum power and heat capacity remain offline when the chassis is powered on To verify that the combination of modules to be installed in a chassis does not exceed the power and heat capacities for the router see Planning for Power Management on page 72 Field Replaceable PIMs Table 19 J2320 and J2350 Field Replaceable PIM and Module Summary Chapter 3 PIM Overview Supported Software Releases Sample Interface Name PIM for This PIM Port Numbering type pim 0 port 1 Port SFP 6 Port SFP Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports ge 2 0 0 8 Port and 16 Port software with enhanced d Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs services m O through 5 m 0 through 7 m O through 15 Dual Port Serial PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports 0 and 1 se 3 0 1 software with enhanced services Dual Port T1 or E1 PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports 0 and 1 t1 0 0 1 software with enhanced services Or e1 0 0 1 Dual Port Channelized Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports 0 and 1 ct1 0 0 0 T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM software with enhanced services ce1 0 0 0 4 Port ISDN BRI PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports O0 1 2 and 3 br 1 0 2 software with enhanced services ADSL PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Port 0 at 2 0 0 software with enhanced services G SHDSL PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports 0 and 1 at 1 0 0 software w
130. but you must assign a root password before committing any configuration settings Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration J Web Quick Configuration allows you to configure basic settings Figure 58 on page 105 shows the Quick Configuration page for basic setup Figure 58 Set Up Quick Configuration Page Quick Configuration Identification Time Host Name routera Time Zone Americe Los Angeles Domain Name lab router net t NTP Servers 17217285 Root Password eeeeeeccce Verify Root Password eeeeecccece Ada _Delete Current System Time 06 05 2007 18 21 gt Set time now via NTP Set time now manually Network Management Access DNS Name Servers 192 168 5 68 The following access methods are considered insecure as any 17217 28101 information sent over them will be sent without encryption and 17217 28 100 could possibly be intercepted during transmission Add Delete Allow Telnet Access Y Domain Search ab vous se z Allow JUNOScript over Clear Text Access Y router net R The following access method is considered secure as any information sent over it will be encrypted before transmission Delete Default Gateway In order to enable HTTPS or JUNOScript over SSL you will need Loopback Address 10 157 89 183 32 to visit the SSL configuration page to configure certificates and associations ge 0 0 0 0 Address 10 157 90 183 19 Allow SSH Access Y Bef
131. ca vacas teeth tdt ta tate deta 45 45 Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs alara San m description installation LED coco eot dte cete A rre eee link speeds and transmission modes eee 45 SFP optical interface support 44 glossary basic Connect 91 IS IO 35 graceful SHUEdOWIL tr a 89 Index M 245 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide grounding Cable eas Mr LAUR ADSIT EN 85 CHASSIS E 2 DC power requirements and warning 206 equipment Warning irei e 210 grounding lug CORTIeCLEITig O 85 87 gzip utility for compact flash recovery 165 H HA high availability LED descriptiOD sioe En RR Reis 16 29 hardware alarm conditions and remedies 158 installation and Conpnectlon cece TT Mantener ad aL s 119 PIM OE Wisin ol AE 55 product OVerView ikon tha ee tepida 5 recommended for compact flash recovery 164 replacing components cece etee eters 119 A a Eee AA EAER 169 supported platforms i troubleshooting components See also LEDs hardware features COMPONENTS ded edd CER OA c e s 24 front parella vere iran Ott 15 26 PIMSis c ire went Aastha at 35 product ONeTvlew cnn nono anaia 3 Hayes compatible modem See modem connection to router console port heat dissipation PIMs AA tete uei feierte dee 72 troubleshooting eco te eden 159 high speed interfaces See ePIMs high speed slots for ePIMs Jocation 27 host amie ae e
132. can later reconnect each cable to the correct PIM Disconnect the cables from the PIM If necessary arrange the cables to prevent them from dislodging or developing stress points m Secure each cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor m Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop m Use fasteners to maintain the shape of cable loops Loosen the captive screws on each side of the PIM faceplate Grasp the handles on each side of the PIM faceplate and slide the PIM out of the router Place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat If you are not reinstalling a PIM into the emptied slot install a blank PIM panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow Replacing aPIM mM 121 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Installing a PIM A CAUTION Do not hot swap WXC Integrated Services Modules Failure to power off the router before removing or installing a WXC Integrated Services Module might result in damage to the hardware Figure 60 Installing a PIM A CAUTION Do not install a combination of modules in a single chassis that exceeds Le the maximum power and heat capacity of the chassis If J series power management is enabled PIMs and modules PIMs or PIMs plus a WXC Integrated Services Module that exceed the maximum power and heat capacity remain offline when the chassis is powered on To verify that the combination of PIMs to be ins
133. ce Warning ees 207 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning ecer 209 Grounded Equipment Warning esetsi seg o a aiaa etA 210 Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden sss 211 In Case of Electrical Accident 211 Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning ee 211 Power Disconnection Warning sssssssssssssH 215 EK Be e ctra e ter cid E cuta e eed 214 Telecommunication Line Cord Warning ssssss 215 Table of Contents Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings 00 0 0 eeeeeees 216 Chassis Lifting Guidelines esee cere rre KEEN 216 Installation Instructions Warning 00 0 0 eee eect teteeeeeeteeeeeey 216 Rack Mounting Requirements and Warnings cee 217 Ramp ee 221 Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings cercen 221 General Laser Safety Guidelines ramunean 222 Class 1 Laser Product Warning sssssssssss 222 Class 1 LED Product Warnie scesero totae pte dete 222 Laser Bea Warnlng xeu eet tete or ene d ten eee EN ee 225 Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning 0 0 0 0 224 Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings 225 Battery Handling Warning avoid 226 Jewelry Removal Warning s ecd eder rne e dv 227 Lightr ng Activity Warning uere eren ERE tenes teet 228 Operating Temperature Warning oo eee 229 Product Disposal Warning srira ea e e 251 Agency Approvals ce te ur tin e esky Fe Ee A EY Ve nee cene 252 Compliance Stateme
134. ci n de Apagado OFF Varning Innan du utf r n gon av f ljande procedurer m ste du kontrollera att str mf rs rjningen till likstr mskretsen r bruten Kontrollera att all str mf rs rjning ar BRUTEN genom att sla AV det versp nningsskydd som skyddar likstr mskretsen och tejpa fast versp nningsskyddets omkopplare i FR N l get DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes is installed as part of the branch circuit that supplies the unit The grounding conductor must be permanently connected to earth For further information see Chassis Grounding on page 85 and DC Power Connection and Power Cable Specifications on page 71 Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information WARNING When installing the router the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdist minen aina teht v ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi Attention Lors de l installation de l appareil la mise la terre doit toujours tre connect e en premier et d connect e en dernier Warnung Der Erdanschl
135. circuits lectriques et familiarisez vous avec les proc dures couramment utilis es pour viter les accidents WARNING Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr Sie befinden sich in einer Situation die zu einer K rperverletzung f hren k nnte Bevor Sie mit der Arbeit an irgendeinem Ger t beginnen seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und der Standardpraktiken zur Vermeidung von Unf llen bewu t WARNING Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti WARNING Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan f re til personskade F r du utf rer arbeid p utstyr m du vare oppmerksom p de faremomentene som elektriske kretser inneb rer samt gj re deg kjent med vanlig praksis n r det gjelder unng ulykker WARNING Aviso Este s mbolo de aviso indica perigo Encontra se numa situa o que Ihe poder causar danos f sicos Antes de come ar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento familiarize se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos el ctricos com quaisquer pr ticas comuns que possam prevenir poss veis acidentes WARNING Atenci n Este s mbolo de aviso significa peligro E
136. compact Midplane Module PIM flash cover EA f A E p 3 5 Fans 5 3 E 3 jms i T mally 3 DRAM 2 pairs Crypto External Power Accelerator compact supply Module flash Rear 10 m J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features Figure 7 J2350 Hardware Components Front Physical Interface Internal compact Midplane Module PIM flash cover yo I Fans 4 C JC 9004105 DRAM 2 pairs Crypto External Power Accelerator compact supply Module flash Rear Table 5 on page 11 summarizes the physical specifications for the router chassis Table 5 J2320 and J2350 Physical Specifications Description Value Chassis dimensions m J2320 Services Router m 1 75in 4 45 cm high m 17 51 in 44 48 cm wide 18 9 in 48 01 cm wide with mounting brackets attached m 15 1 in 58 55 cm deep plus 0 78 in 1 98 cm of hardware that protrudes from the chassis front m j2550Services Router u 2 61 in 6 65 cm high m 17 51 in 44 48 cm wide 18 9 in 48 01 cm wide with mounting brackets attached m 15 1 in 58 55 cm deep plus 0 78 in 1 98 cm of hardware that protrudes
137. cords must not exceed 4 5 m approximately 14 75 ft in length to comply with National Electrical Code NEC Sections 400 8 NFPA 75 5 2 2 and 210 52 and Canadian Electrical Code CEC Section 4 010 3 The cords supplied with the router are in compliance Table 37 on page 70 lists AC power cord specifications provided for each country or region Table 37 AC Power Cord Specifications Country Electrical Specifications Plug Standards Australia 250 VAC 10 A 50 Hz AS NZ 5112 1995 China 250 VAC 10 A 50 Hz GB2099 1 1996 and GB1002 1996 CH1 10P Europe except Italy and 250 VAC 10 A 50 Hz CEE 7 VII United Kingdom Italy 250 VAC 10 A 50 Hz CEI 23 16 VII Japan 125 VAC 12 A 50 Hz or 60 Hz JIS 8303 North America 125 VAC 10 A 60 Hz NEMA 5 15 United Kingdom 250 VAC 10 A 50 Hz BS 1363A Y Australia China Europe Italy Japan North America UK Figure 41 on page 70 illustrates the plug on the power cord for each country or region listed in Table 37 on page 70 Figure 41 AC Plug Types EU SE er er 9001892 gt NOTE Power cords and cables must not block access to router components or drape where people might trip on them 70 HW Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications Chapter 4 Preparing for Router Installation For information about the AC power supply see J2320 Power System on page 18 52350 Power System on page 18 J4350 Power Syst
138. ct 10 o connect o connect 11 o connect o connect 12 o connect o connect 13 o connect o connect 14 o connect o connect 15 o connect o connect Table 68 RJ 48 Connector to DB 15 Connector Crossover Pinout RJ 48 Pin on T1 E1 PIM DB 15 Pin Data Numbering Data Numbering Form Form Signal 1 9 RX Ring lt gt TX Ring 2 1 RX Tip TX Tip 4 11 TX Ring gt RX Ring 5 5 TX Tip lt gt RX Tip 5 4 Shield Return Ground 6 2 Shield Return Ground E1 and T1 RJ 48 Cable Pinouts m 193 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 68 RJ 48 Connector to DB 15 Connector Crossover Pinout continued DB 15 Pin RJ 48 Pin on T1 E1 PIM Data Numbering Data Numbering Form Form Signal 7 o connect o connect 8 o connect o connect 9 o connect o connect 10 o connect o connect 11 o connect o connect 12 o connect o connect 13 o connect o connect 14 o connect o connect 15 o connect o connect E3 and T3 BNC Connector Pinout The E3 and T3 PIMs each use two BNC connectors one for transmitting data TX and one for receiving data RX ADSL and G SHDSL RJ 11 Connector Pinout The 1 port ADSL 2 2 Annex A and Annex B PIMs use an RJ 11 cable which is not supplied with the PIMs The 2 port G SHDSL Annex A and Annex B PIM also uses an RJ 11 cable which is not supplied with the PIM Table 69 on
139. d 146 149 teraoving ise iere e serine EE 147 150 curly braces in configuration statements xix customer SUP POM tn iren reete en contacting TAG cuina cnica oth estet es contacting JTAC for hardware return information required for hardware return 172 Cygwin for compact flash recovery 165 D datasheets URL dte ae sete eee iste eos 55 DB 9 connector pinouts Chassis corisole POL btt mtt ttes 191 DB 9 to DB 25 serial port adapter ono 102 Index mM 243 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide DC power cables See DC power cables CONNECHNG POW oie eire b 86 dedicated DC power feed requirement 145 electrical specifications coole tn 69 grounding requirements and warning 206 gro ridirig the TOULGF ote eaten 87 installing a J6350 power suppiv ee 144 EE EE 18 PIS A eot epe ice 18 J4550 SYSTEM EE 30 EI hs est edere LORS Ere RE Hes 31 power disconnection Warning 205 removing a 6550 power supply 145 TEQUIECMENS rotto Re oa P ets 69 safety guidelines general 204 safety guidelines power sources for redundant power Supplies 2 ata 205 wiring sequence W TnImg ee 207 wiring terminations Warning 209 DC power cables electrical Specifications cutter dt 71 physical requirements replacing erem ED tee ne ER usage WANING ee 204 dd utility for compact flash recovery 165
140. d detection recovery process in reaction to a control link or fabric link failure Amber On steadily All cluster members are present but one or more monitored links are down Unlit The node is not configured for clustering or it has been disabled by the dual membership and detection recovery process in reaction to a control link or fabric link failure RESET CONFIG Button Use the RESET CONFIG button to return the router to a previous valid configuration or to the factory default configuration or a rescue configuration The button is recessed to prevent it from being pressed accidentally For details about the RESET CONFIG button see Resetting the Configuration File When the Router Is Inaccessible on page 160 Built In Gigabit Ethernet Ports Four built in Gigabit Ethernet ports provide LAN connections over copper interfaces to hubs switches local servers and workstations You can also designate an Ethernet port for management traffic When configuring one of these ports you use the interface name that corresponds to the port s location From left to right on the front panel the interface names for the ports are ge 0 0 0 ge 0 0 1 ge 0 0 2 and ge 0 0 3 For Gigabit Ethernet port pinout information see Gigabit Ethernet ePIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 190 Each port has two LEDs a TX RX LED on the left side and a LINK LED on the right side Table 16 on page 29 describes the built in Ethernet port LEDs Table 16
141. d on an interface has triggered a critical warning J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features m 15 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 8 J2320 and J2350 ALARM LED continued Color State Description Yellow On steadily Minor alarm condition requires monitoring or maintenance m Indicates a noncritical condition on the router that if left unchecked might cause an interruption in service or degradation in performance m A missing rescue configuration or software license generates an amber system alarm Unlit Off No alarms For information about alarm conditions and corrective actions see Monitoring and Correcting Chassis Alarm Conditions on page 157 For additional information see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide HA LED The HA high availability LED is located in the front panel near the power status LED of the LED dashboard The LED lights when the router starts but otherwise remains unlit Table 9 on page 16 describes the HA LED Table 9 J2320 and J2350 HA LED Color Description Green On steadily All cluster members and monitored links are available Red On steadily A cluster member is missing or unreachable or the other node is no longer part of a cluster because it has been disabled by the dual membership and detection recovery process in reaction to a control link or fabric link failure Amber On steadily All cluster members are present but one or mo
142. d requirements see AC Power Connection and Power Cord Specifications on page 69 To connect AC power to the router 1 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 2 Use a grounding cable to connect the router to earth ground For cable requirements see Chassis Grounding on page 83 a Verify that a licensed electrician has attached an appropriate grounding cable lug to the grounding cable b Connect one end of the grounding cable to a proper earth ground such as the rack in which the router is installed Chapter 5 Installing and Connecting a Services Router c With a Phillips screwdriver remove the screw and washer from the PEM nuts at the grounding point on the rear of the chassis d Place the grounding lug at the other end of the cable over the grounding point as shown in Figure 49 on page 85 through Figure 51 on page 86 e Secure the cable lug to the grounding point first with the washer then with the screw On J2320 and J2350 routers use the screw containing a captive washer to secure the cable lug to the grounding point 3 Locate the power cord or cords shipped with the router which has a plug appropriate for your geographical location For power cord specifications see Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications o
143. da negativo a negativo da neutro a N Tenere presente che il filo di massa deve sempre venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo WARNING Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord RTN til RTN 48 V til 48 V Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er 48 V til 48 V RTN til RTN jord til jord WARNING Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales apropiados en el extremo del cableado Al conectar potencia la secuencia apropiada del cableado se muele para moler RTN a RTN entonces 48 V a 48 V Al desconectar potencia la secuencia apropiada del cableado es 48 V a 48 V RTN a RTN entonces moli para moler Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por ltimo Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por ltimo WARNING Atenci n Wire a fonte de alimentac o de DC Usando os tal es apropriados na extremidade da fiac o Ao conectar a pot ncia a seq ncia apropriada da fiac o mo da para moer RTN a RTN ent o 48 V a 48 V Ao desconectar a pot ncia a seq ncia apropriada da fia o 48 V a 48 V RTN a RTN moeu ent o para moer Anote que o fio terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por ltimo Anote que o fio terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por ltimo Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapte
144. de Table 38 J series PIM Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation continued Name Model Number PIM Abbreviation Tokens In JUNOS CH Low Power High Power Heat ADSL 2 2 JX 1ADSL B S 1x ADSL Annex B 16 2 16 Annex B PIM 1 port for ISDN G SHDSL PIM JX 2SHDSL S 2x SHDSL ATM 9 10 2 port two wire mode or 1 port four wire mode WXC Integrated ISM 200 WXC wan acceleration 57 49 Services Module Table 59 on page 74 lists the maximum power tokens and maximum heat tokens available for each model Table 39 Maximum Power and Heat Capacities of J series Models Model Low Power Capacity High Power Capacity tokens tokens Heat Capacity tokens J2320 50 50 68 J2350 84 84 84 J4350 100 100 100 J6350 100 100 100 Network Cable Specifications The Services Router supports interfaces that use various kinds of network cable For information about the type of cable used by each interface see Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts on page 179 ISDN Provisioning You might need a network termination type 1 NT1 device to connect your ISDN interface to the ISDN service Contact your service provider for details on the following information m External NT1 device and ISDN cable m Ifthe two items are required where to obtain the items m List of NT1 vendors 74 BR Network Cable Specifications Chapter 4 Preparing for Router Installation Site Preparation Checklist The chec
145. dee Miei Dee 30 16350 E 31 4350 and 6550 Cooling System et e tte oe abe e E 32 PIM Overview 35 PIM Terms eier tpe A c c p ger PU dv ee 55 Field Replaceable BIM eege Eege rn Re e Or e ette eng Seed 38 J2320 and J2350 Field Replaceable PIM and Module Summary 38 J4350 and J6350 Field Replaceable PIM Summary sse 39 1 Port 6 Port 8 Port and 16 Port Gigabit Ethernet UPIMS nn 41 l Port Gigabit Ethernet eBIMS zu eie toe ee HERREN RE dey HER qnd 44 Dual Port Serial PIM ni eee Cet t e ve eed ecc S vd e 47 RE e 11 Or E acre Reuse nte t n 48 Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM ssss IR 49 I3 OPES PIM cotone ee n Eri e n tec lt Eb oer ibd eed eost 51 Dual Port Fast Etliernet PIM cecidi ee ee ede e que ce e gap 55 4 Port Past Etherriet CPIM udi ee tt hte ol t netten 54 4 Port ISDN BRI PIMS 5 deerat dete dritter ge eet ge rho SEENEN MEN ge e 55 A beo OI ebd tala ras cad i cce cera 56 G SHDSE PIM sterii set ta expetere Pre Tee dece ea dt 58 Part 2 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Table of Contents Installing a Services Router Preparing for Router Installation 63 General Site Guidelines muii ia its 63 RackRequirermients 2 e a dla 64 Rack Size and Strength for J2320 and J2350 Routers s c 64 Rack Size and Strength for J4550 and J6350 Routers eee 65 Connection to Buildin Structure iue rm reet eee re es 65 Router Environmental Tolerances s t ro ttm e e eit etg 66 Fire S
146. dever o prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor WARNING jAtenci n Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado utilizar terminales para cables homologados tales como las de tipo bucle cerrado o espada con las leng etas de conexi n vueltas hacia arriba Estos terminales deber n ser del tamano apropiado para los cables que se utilicen y tendr n que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor WARNING Varning N r flertr diga ledningar kr vs m ste godk nda ledningskontakter anv ndas t ex kabelsko av sluten eller ppen typ med uppatvand tapp Storleken pa dessa kontakter m ste vara avpassad till ledningarna och m ste kunna halla bade isoleringen och ledaren fastklamda Grounded Equipment Warning WARNING The router is intended to be grounded Ensure that the router is connected to earth ground during normal use Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur hoort geaard te worden Zorg dat de host computer tijdens normaal gebruik met aarde is verbonden Varoitus T m laitteisto on tarkoitettu maadoitettavaksi Varmista ett is nt laite on yhdistetty maahan normaalik yt n aikana Attention Cet quipement doit tre reli la terre S assurer que l appareil h te est reli la terre lors de l utilisation normale Warnung Dieses Ger t mu geerdet werden Stellen Sie sicher da das Host Ger t w hrend des normalen Betriebs an Erde gelegt ist Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safe
147. dicates that the router booted from the external compact flash you need to power off the router before replacing the compact flash 2 Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface 5 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 4 Press and release the power button to power off the router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off before you remove the compact flash Replacing External Compact Flashes Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Skip this step if the router did not boot from the external compact flash see step 1 5 With a Phillips screwdriver loosen the pan head screws that secure the external compact flash cover to the rear of the chassis see Figure 71 on page 133 Figure 71 Removing the External Compact Flash Cover 9004131 Compact flash cover 6 Remove the compact flash cover 7 Eject the external compact flash by pressing the ejector button to the left of the compact flash slot once to unlock the button and again to eject the compact flash see Figure 72 on page 155 Figure 72 Removing the External Compact Flash Eject button 004132 Compact flash 8 Gently grasp the compact flash and slide it out of
148. domestic environment it may cause radio interference Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual 236 HW Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements United States Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information The Services Router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense FCC Part 15 Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installa
149. e Specifications and Connector Pinouts Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information Index Index Abbreviated Table of Contents XV 35 63 77 91 115 119 157 169 179 197 241 E v JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide vi m Table of Contents Part 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 About This Guide xv ODIECIVES Aa XV Audience ierat tit ete P e d etie ttt XV Supported Routing Plattomms eee xvi Howto Use This Manual 5e ete reti ue eh ete tego xvi Document CONVENTOS ioci eere rese Po s eas ee ee nee e a dep S the xviii JUNOS Software Documentation for J series Services Routers and SRX series S rvices GatewWays au set p bet std he a a ca eed drea XX Documentation FECOUDACK vrai eh A xxi Requesting Technical Oppe eet ee E e coda coria xxii Services Router Overview Overview of Services Routers 3 2520 5ervices Router OVervleW seres pe e cerne o tr PEE eco eu e ga 5 12550 Services Router OVERVIEW sis ott rre i bte det oe Db gm ay eo Roe 4 J4350 Services Router Overview ssssssssssss emen 5 J6350 Services Router OVERVIEW esiri iat o eet e tee ple re e Pe che 6 J series Services Router Hardware Features 7 J2320 and 2550 Services Router Hardware Features 7 J2320 ana 2550 CHASSIS teen eset SNE 8 23520 and J2350 Mid plane Sc edet e eee den 12 J2320 and J2350 Routing Engine Hardware 12 J2320 and 2550 Boot Devices ne onek iie ntaa ii nano dadas 12 J2320 and 2E TON P mne 45 ent ct ec
150. e commands from a remote system However unlike Telnet SSH encrypts traffic so that it cannot be intercepted SSH can be configured so that connections are authenticated by a digital certificate SSH uses public private key technology for both connection and authentication The SSH client software must be installed on the machine where the client application runs If the SSH private key is encrypted for greater security the SSH client must be able to access the passphrase used to decrypt the key For information about obtaining SSH software see http www ssh com and http www openssh com Before you begin initial configuration complete the following tasks Before You Begin m 95 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide m Install the Services Router in its permanent location as described in Installing and Connecting a Services Router on page 77 m Gather the following information Hostname for the router on the network Domain that the router belongs to on the network Password for the root user Time zone where the router is located IP address of an NTP server if NTP is used to set the time on the router IP address of a DNS server List of domains that can be appended to hostnames for DNS resolution IP address of the default gateway IP address to be used for the loopback interface IP address of the built in Ethernet interface that you will use for management purposes The examples in this guide use the
151. e de la taille qui convient aux fils et doivent tre referm es sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur WARNING Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist sind zugelassene Verdrahtungsabschl sse z B f r einen geschlossenen Regelkreis oder gabelf rmig mit nach oben gerichteten Kabelschuhen zu verwenden Diese Abschl sse sollten die angemessene Gr e f r die Dr hte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter festklemmen WARNING Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce usare connettori omologati come quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l alto I connettori devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l isolante che il conduttore Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 209 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 210 m WARNING Advarsel Hvis det er n dvendig med flertr dede ledninger brukes godkjente ledningsavslutninger som for eksempel lukket sloyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbgyde kabelsko Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig sterrelse i forhold til ledningene og skal klemme sammen b de isolasjonen og lederen WARNING Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalac o el ctrica de cabo torcido use termina es de cabo aprovadas tais como termina es de cabo em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima Estas termina es de cabo dever o ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos e
152. e operating environment for your Services Router and avoid environmentally caused equipment failures For the cooling system to function properly the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted Ensure that there is adequate circulation in the installation location In J2520 and J2350 routers allow at least 6 in 15 2 cm of clearance between the left and right sides of the chassis and adjacent equipment In J4350 and J6350 routers allow at least 6 in 15 2 cm of clearance between the front and back of the chassis and adjacent equipment Follow ESD procedures described in Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 to avoid damaging equipment Static discharge can cause components to fail completely or intermittently over time Install blank PIM panels in empty slots to prevent any interruption or reduction in the flow of air across internal components General Site Guidelines m 63 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Rack Requirements J series Services Routers must be installed in a rack Many types of racks are acceptable including front mount racks four post telco racks and center mount racks The following sections describe rack requirements m Rack Size and Strength for J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 64 m Rack Size and Strength for J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 65 m Connection to Building Structure on page 65 Rack Size and Strength for J2320 and J2350 Routers 64 The J232
153. e optical interface support on the SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM over single mode fiber optic SMF and multimode fiber optic MMF cables Table 24 Optical Interface Support for SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM Parameter 1000Base SX Transceiver 1000Base LX Transceiver Maximum distance 500 m 1640 ft on 50 125 um 10 km 6 2 mi on 9 125 um SMF MME cable cable 200 m 656 ft on 62 5 125 um 550 m 1894 ft on MMF cable MMF cable Transmitter wavelength 830 nm through 860 nm 1270 nm through 1355 nm 46 Mm Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Table 24 Optical Interface Support for SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIM continued Parameter 1000Base SX Transceiver 1000Base LX Transceiver Average launch power 9 5 dBm through 4 dBm For SMF cable 9 5 dBm through 3 dBm For MMF cable 11 5 dBm through 3 dBm Receiver saturation 3 dBm 3 dBm Receiver sensitivity 18 dBm 20 5 dBm Dual Port Serial PIM The Dual Port Serial PIM Figure 28 on page 47 provides a physical connection to serial network media types through two serial interface ports Figure 28 Dual Port Serial PIM 9002329 The Dual Port Serial PIM provides the following key features m Onboard network processor m Autoselection of operation modes based on data terminal equipment DTE or data communication equipment DCE cables m Local and remote loopback diagnostics m Configurable clock rate for the transmit Tx clock and receive R
154. e supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment CAUTION Users should not attempt to make electrical ground connections by themselves but should contact the appropriate inspection authority or an electrician as appropriate Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information European Community Juniper NETWORK Declaration of Conformity Juniper Networks Inc 1194 N Mathilda Ave Sunnyvale CA 94089 USA declares that under our sole responsibility the product s Services Router Model J2320 32350 556 320 5G 350 are in conformity with the provisions of the following EC Directives incbuding all amendments and with rational Legislation implementing these directives Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EFC EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and that the following harmonmed standards have been applied EN 60950 1 2001 411 EN 60825 1 19M4 41 42 EN 300 386 V1 3 3 2005 EN 55024 1998 Al A2 EN 61000 3 2 EN 61000 3 3 EN 55022 1998 A 1 2000 A 2003 Class A EN 61000 4 2
155. ease of JUNOS software with enhanced services on J series Services Routers including J Web interface features and problems The release notes also contain corrections and updates to the manuals and software upgrade and downgrade instructions for JUNOS software with enhanced services SRX series Services Gateways Only JUNOS Software for SRX series Services Gateway Release Notes Summarizes new features and known problems for a particular release of JUNOS software on SRX series services gateways including J Web interface features and problems The release notes also contain corrections and updates to the manuals and software upgrade and downgrade Documentation Feedback We encourage you to provide feedback comments and suggestions so that we can improve the documentation You can send your comments to techpubs comments juniper net or fill out the documentation feedback form at http www juniper net techpubs docbug docbugreport html If you are using e mail be sure to include the following information with your comments m Document name m Document part number Documentation Feedback W xxi JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide m Page number m Software release version not required for Network Operations Guides NOGs Requesting Technical Support xxii Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center JTAC If you are a customer with an active J
156. eatures m USB storage device Normally a J2320 or J2350 Services Router boots from the internal compact flash If the internal compact flash fails the router attempts to boot from the external compact flash if it is installed If the external compact flash is not present or fails the router attempts to boot from the USB storage device J2320 and J2350 Front Panel POWER LED STATUS LED ALARM LED HA LED STATUS LED ALARM LED HA LED The front panel of a J2320 or J2350 Services Router see Figure 8 on page 13 and Figure 9 on page 15 allows you to install or remove PIMs view router status LEDs access the console port and perform simple control functions Figure 8 Front of J2320 Chassis CONFIG Console Physical Interface PIM blanks LED port Module PIM X Juniper 32620 Ji Ei E Hes e E wel E ET m n d m af ue Ti TT lada la ett o e 3 wy wem Lo consorte AUN AA E uso ube E a o Power RESET Auxiliary LAN USB Ge button CONFIG port ports ports button Figure 9 Front of J2350 Chassis CONFIG Auxiliary Physical Interface PIM blan
157. eb 97 98 recovering root password from 161 management interface address after initial configuration before initial configuration defining configuration editor defining Quick Configuration during initial configuration eieiei er 5o cree enters 1 management interfaces ranagemetit DOFts mier te etre dtd See also management interface address management interfaces manuals COMMENTS OTI aste tp etae net tectus duit tuat xxi ISEO EE LT XX memory See compact flash DRAM modules USB A Er 12 25 minor yellow alarms alternative boot device 158 internal compact flash 158 ROoUtlng A A ter tee sierra 158 modem commands at remote enda e et oet Eat e ge 102 ab route enda sro vane dra termed ots 101 modem connection to router console port configuring modem at router end 101 configuring modem at user end 102 connecting modem to router a 102 A teasers 100 monoammonium phosphate 267 mounting brackets installing on J4550 and J6350 0 eee 85 on J2320 and D n 79 multiple routers Sale TACO Escort indicas 79 81 Index N NEBS Network Equipment Building System identifying NEBS compliant routers 32 shutdown temperature for NEBS compliant VOUTE c noe TA 19 32 network cable goinours cece ereen 179 Network Equipment Building System See NEBS Network Time Protocol NTP server See NTP server Norton Ghost utility
158. ed at the CPU junction is exceeded and the router cannot be adequately cooled the Routing Engine shuts down the hardware components When the CPU temperature reaches 80 C 176 F a yellow alarm is triggered When the CPU temperature reaches 105 C 2219 F the system shuts down There is no red alarm for temperature You can view the CPU junction temperature using the show chassis routing engine command The CPU temperature runs a few degrees higher than the routing engine temperature displayed on the Monitor Chassis page of the J Web interface NOTE On J4350 and J6350 routers that are not designed to comply with Network Equipment Building System NEBS criteria the temperature at which the system shuts down is 90 C 194 F rather than 105 C 221 F To verify that the system is a NEBS compliant system run the show chassis hardware command A NEBS compliant system displays the term NEBS in the output An additional fan is part of each power supply This fan is not regulated by the operating system J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Figure 21 Airflow Through the J4350 and J6350 Chassis Rear Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features E Mi oo H El gas H 86 EA AAA cn J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features 0
159. ed optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina so focusing the eye directly on a laser source even a low power laser could permanently damage the eye Class 1 Laser Product Warning WARNING Class 1 laser product Waarschuwing Klasse 1 laser produkt Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote Attention Produit laser de classe I Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1 WARNING Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1 Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1 Aviso Produto laser de classe 1 Atenci n Producto l ser Clase I Varning Laserprodukt av klass 1 Class 1 LED Product Warning A WARNING Class 1 LED product 222 1H Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED product Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote Attention Alarme de produit LED Class I Warnung Class 1 LED Produktwarnung WARNING Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1 Advarsel LED produkt i klasse 1 Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED jAtenci n Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1 Varning Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1 Laser Beam Warning WARNING Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical instruments WARNING Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten WARNING Varoitus Ala katso s teeseen l
160. ede tpe edes 96 establishing software connectivity 91 grounding a DC powered model 87 grounding an AC powered model 84 hardware replacement 119 hardware retro coti reci re etes 169 installation and Connection 77 network cables and Commectorg 179 operating environMent ees 66 OVERVIEW dei a E su 3 packing for sbipment riina 174 Bled 35 powering on and oft 89 Preparation checklist ee e ete dte 75 safety and Compllance cee 197 Site preparati Nenin nn el oa ea etie certat 65 ripac king e ombre te teet tede eda eds 78 Set Up page ee dee field summary setup configuration Editor syrgi iasi 110 Quick Conftguration ce eceeeeeeeeees 105 requiremerits5 uon tette o ee tete bg 95 SFP Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs optical interface support 46 OVGEVIQW eebe E SFPs supported SFP Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs optical interface support 44 OVETVIEW ege toto tiara de laa 41 SHDSL ports deScEIDUOTL e tee e e tite t pe eet ats 58 LED states on a G SHDSL DIN 59 RJ 11 connector pinouts 194 shipping carton packing a Services Router for shipment 174 packing components for shipment 174 SE E 78 show chassis alarms commande 157 show chassis fpc pic status Commande 124 show chassis hardware command identifying NEBS compliant routers 32 locating component serial numbers 169 verifying Crypto Accelerator Module
161. el SLOT NUMBER SLOT NUMBER dao X Naso 9003823 Gigabit Ethernet and 4 port Fast Ethernet ePIMs can be installed in high speed slots only High speed slots are indicated by a black triangle containing an E in the front panel slot number diagram On J4550 Services Routers the high speed slots are slot 5 and slot 6 On J6350 Services Routers the high speed slots are slots 2 5 5 and 6 Slot O is the fixed interface module that contains the built in Ethernet ports Power Button and POWER LED The power button is located on the left side of the front panel see Figure 19 on page 26 You can use the power button to power the Services Router on and off When you power on the router the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence The POWER LED is located to the upper left of the LED dashboard Table 12 on page 27 describes the POWER LED Color State Description Green On steadily Power is functioning correctly Blinking Power button has been pressed and quickly released and the router is gracefully shutting down Unlit Off Router is not receiving power After the router is powered on status indicators such as LEDs on the front panel and show chassis command output can take up to 60 seconds to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds If you need to power of
162. elerator Module To install a Crypto Accelerator Module 1 Take the following steps if you have not already done so a Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 b Press and release the power button to power off the Services Router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off c Unplug the power cord or cable from the power source receptacle d Remove the chassis cover See Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 2 Locate the Crypto Module connector on the system board see Figure 85 on page 148 5 Remove the Crypto Module from its electrostatic bag 4 Align the notches in the Crypto Module with the notches in the connector on the system board and push the Crypto Module down flat as shown in Figure 85 on page 148 Figure 83 Installing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Accelerator Module Crypto Accelerator Module M Ed y o o o Connector 5 Insert the three screws and tighten them until snug Do not overtighten 6 Replace the chassis cover See Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 7 Replace the power cord or cable 148 Mm Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J2320 a
163. em on page 30 or J6350 Power System on page 31 To connect the power cord during initial installation see Connecting Power on page 84 To replace the AC power cord see Replacing AC Power Supply Cords on page 139 DC Power Connection and Power Cable Specifications Each DC power supply has a single DC input 48 VDC and return that requires a dedicated circuit breaker m J2350 routers minimum 15 A 48 VDC m J4350 and J6350 routers minimum 25 A 48 VDC If the J6550 router contains redundant DC power supplies one power supply must be powered by a dedicated power feed derived from feed A and the other power supply must be powered by a dedicated power feed derived from feed B This configuration provides the commonly deployed A B feed redundancy for the system Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame mounted DC power distribution panels one of which might be located at the top of the rack that houses the router A pair of cables one input and one return connects each set of terminal studs to the power distribution panel A CAUTION You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity The power source cables might be labeled and to indicate their polarity There is no standard color coding for DC power cables The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attac
164. emory modules See DRAM modules Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM 49 Dual Port ET Plica 48 Dual Port ES PIM teet e ceptus 51 Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM 55 Dual Port Serial PIM esetsi tatea edere tete 47 Dual Port T1 PIM Dual Port T3 PIM E El ports description ata eR 48 See also channelized El ports A eben egerit itae ile 49 RJ 48 cable pinours eirin atiii 191 E3 ports BNC connector Ginouts eee eeeee eres 194 descriptos dns rata tg ius 51 DA 52 earth ground See grounding earthquakes rack mount reOgulrements 65 Seismic requirenients so ode tp aa awe 66 EIA 550A DCE cable poinours 185 EIA 550A DTE cable Dinours 184 electrical speclftcations i atna 69 electricity Safety WaN gS scura sra e te Rs 201 wiring guidelines eet rte ed 68 electromagnetic compatibility EMC See EMC electromagnetic interference EMI See See EMI electrostatic bag for storing components electrostatic discharge Greventing EMC electromagnetic compatibility compliance with reoulrerments 255 preventing problems with 68 Standards EE 232 EMI electromagnetic interference compliance With requirements 255 Standards oe ote eerte pte suppressing encrypted access through SSEL rd t ed eee E bete 95 environmental requirements for operation 66 ePIMs gott aert Eltere eee tel rct edt 54 Copper Gigabit Ethernet si sence ted 44 SEP Gigabit Etherne tras re a
165. entered mounting Dracherts OVGIVIGW ssec ted stes geo es physical specifications PIMs supported ports supported T power management Routing Engine hardware 12 DEU 17 air filter Teplaeing uscire eem tpi ini 155 boot deVIGeS i octets bte meet putes ecd 12 Dt Sen HEIEREN o RE ee 12 CA ccrtc tete oe e o em plis 8 chassis cover replachng iiie iianienrs 124 compact flash location 127 compact flash replacing 127 Cooling System aet erem dora 19 electrical specifications sesmersriein 69 external compact flash 18 LADS iiss ssid ec ae ep vet ge di bte ata 19 front PANE sco s e do resume dee ener data 15 NWT Eesti ea tee Nets ted 7 20 DEI UE te EE esit uote e a cot Peres interfaces supported mounting Dracherts OVGIVIQW c toss pd Rs ptem physical specifications PIMs supported ports Supported etie etd AG pet bett e power management E Ven DEE restricted access Installation 79 Routing Engine hardware ensisieaas na aias 12 USB DOERR Ate endete rd e gb Rd 17 Index J4350 J6350 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM ssssssessseeese 54 4 Port ISDN BRI S T DIN 55 4 Port ISDN BRIUPIM HH 55 ANS Mi as d e eade 56 air filter Tepla cing dreke aia iab ar es 154 boot devices nette edt edt a 25 boot SEQUENCES c Lese eb ay domaine 25 EMS ccn aee dt Seed este umet E i 21 cooling SYSTEM prom doin 32 Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM 49
166. ently pull it away from the filter tray 4 Setthe old air filter aside 5 Place the new filter so that its edge aligns with the first hook and loop fastener as shown Figure 88 on page 154 Replacing Air Filters on J2350 Routers m 153 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 88 Placing the Air Filter on the Air Filter Tray Align the air filter edge with the first hook and loop fastener strip Air filter tray Air filter 6 Press down on the filter until it is firmly seated against the bottom of the tray 7 Hold the filter tray with the thumbscrew so that its sheet metal side faces the power supply fan exhaust The air filter tray is designed to prevent it from being inserted incorrectly see Figure 89 on page 154 Figure 89 Inserting the Air Filter Tray on J2350 Routers 9004117 Air filter tray 8 Slide the tray fully into the air filter opening 9 Tighten the thumbscrew to the chassis Replacing Air Filters on J4350 and J6350 Routers The front panel of J4350 and J6350 Services Routers contains an air intake grid with a protective cover and a filter as shown in Figure 90 on page 155 154 1H Replacing Air Filters on J4350 and J6350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Figure 90 Attaching Air Filter and Filter Cover Air filter Filter cover 9003819 Cover latches We recommend changing the filter every 6 months However the optimal filter replaceme
167. er is flowing to the power supply Green Power supply is connected and power is flowing Yellow Power supply is connected but the router is not powered on For information about site power preparations see Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications on page 67 For information about connecting the router to power and ground see Connecting Power on page 84 NOTE You cannot mix DC and AC power supplies in the same chassis WARNING DC powered Services Routers are intended for installation only in a restricted access location J6350 Power System The J6350 Services Router uses either AC or DC power You can install one or two autosensing load sharing power supplies on the system board at the bottom of the chassis as shown in Figure 15 on page 22 or Figure 17 on page 23 The power supplies distribute the different output voltages to the router components depending on their voltage requirements When two power supplies are installed and operational they automatically share the electrical load For full redundancy two power supplies are required If a power supply stops functioning for any reason the second power supply instantly begins providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning It can provide full power indefinitely Each power supply has an LED located to the upper right of the power supply connector Table 17 on page 31 describes the power supply LED For informati
168. erificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato Per verificare che tutta l alimentazione sia scollegata OFF individuare l interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC mettere l interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione WARNING Advarsel Fer noen av disse prosedyrene utf res kontroller at str mmen er frakoblet likestr mkretsen S rg for at all str m er sl tt AV Dette gj res ved lokalisere str mbryteren p brytertavlen som betjener likestr mkretsen sl str mbryteren AV og teipe bryterh ndtaket p str mbryteren i AV stilling Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos certifique se que desligou a fonte de alimenta o de energia do circuito de corrente continua Para se assegurar que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente continua e coloque o na posi o OFF Desligado segurando nessa posi o a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora Atenci n Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos comprobar que la alimentaci n del circuito de corriente continua CC est cortada OFF Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentaci n est cortada OFF localizar el interruptor autom tico en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente continua cambiar el interruptor autom tico a la posici n de Apagado OFF y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor autom tico en posi
169. ering Primary Boot DEVICES ermit aere dilo ibtd cts 164 Why Compact Flash Recovery Might Be Necessary rcc 164 Recommended Recovery Hardware and Software sss 164 Configuring Internal Compact Flash Recovery sss 165 Contacting the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center 167 Chapter 10 Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware 169 Locating Component Serial Numbers uri iaa ettet 169 12320 and J2350 Chassis Serial Number and Agency Labels 170 J4350 and J6350 Chassis Serial Number and Agency Labels 171 PIM Serial NUMBER Label vacation dee eg did oto Ree oue 172 Power Supply Serial Number Labele 172 Contacting Customer Support eee eect eem 172 Information You Might Need to Supply ona 172 Return TOCE Uta no duced cenae oda do ERR 172 Packing a Router or Component for Shipment sss 173 Tools and Parts Req ired c o eec e to it ne pta 175 Packing the Services Router for Shipment ssssssss 174 Packing Components for Sbpment ee 174 Table of Contents W Xi JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Part 4 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 xii Table of Contents J series Requirements and Specifications Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts 179 Serial PIM Cable Specifications sssssssssssssee 179 RS 232 DTE Cable PINOUT anneni ae a ia 180 RS 232 DGE Cable PInQUE it teo 181 RS 422 449 EIA 449 DTE Cable Pinot 181 R
170. ers and SRX series Services Gateways continued Book Description J series Services Routers Only JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Design and Implementation Guide Provides guidelines and examples for designing and implementing IPsec VPNs firewalls and routing on J series Services Routers running JUNOS software with enhanced services JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Quick Start Explains how to quickly set up a J series Services Router This document contains router declarations of conformity JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Provides an overview basic instructions and specifications for J series Services Routers This guide explains how to prepare a site unpack and install the router replace router hardware and establish basic router connectivity This guide contains hardware descriptions and specifications JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Migration Guide Provides instructions for migrating an SSG device running ScreenOS software or a J series Services Router running the JUNOS software to JUNOS software with enhanced services WXC Integrated Services Module Installation and Configuration Guide Explains how to install and initially configure a WXC Integrated Services Module in a J series Services Router for application acceleration JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Release Notes Summarizes new features and known problems for a particular rel
171. es on page 635 CAUTION If you are mounting the router in a cabinet be sure that ventilation is sufficient to prevent overheating If a front mount rack is used we recommend supporting the back of the router with a shelf or other structure Rack Requirements Chapter 4 Preparing for Router Installation The J2320 chassis height of 1 75 in 4 45 cm equals 1 U The J2350 chassis height of 2 61 in 6 63 cm equals 1 5 U Each U is a standard rack unit defined in Cabinets Racks Panels and Associated Equipment document number EIA 510 D published by the Electronics Industry Association Rack Size and Strength for J4350 and J6350 Routers The Services Router is designed for installation in a rack that complies with either of the following standards m A 19 in rack as defined in Cabinets Racks Panels and Associated Equipment document number EIA 510 D published by the Electronics Industry Association http www eia org m A600 mm rack as defined in the four part Equipment Engineering EE European telecommunications standard for equipment practice document numbers ETS 500 119 1 through 119 4 published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute http www etsi org The horizontal spacing between the rails in a rack that complies with this standard is usually wider than the router s mounting ears which measure 19 in 48 2 cm from outer edge to outer edge Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening b
172. etting up many Services Routers autoinstallation can help automate the configuration process For more information see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide This chapter contains the following topics For more information about basic connectivity see the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide m Basic Connectivity Terms on page 91 m Basic Connectivity Overview on page 92 m Before You Begin on page 95 m Connecting to a Services Router on page 96 m Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration on page 105 m Configuring Basic Settings Using the CLI Configuration Wizard on page 106 m Configuring Basic Settings with a Configuration Editor on page 110 m Verifying Basic Connectivity and the Configuration on page 113 Basic Connectivity Terms Before configuring basic connectivity become familiar with the terms defined in Table 41 on page 91 Table 41 Basic Connectivity Terms Term Definition domain name Name that identifies the network or subnetwork of a router Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP Protocol for assigning dynamic IP addresses to devices on a network gateway Packets destined for IP addresses not identified in the routing table are sent to the default gateway Basic Connectivity Terms M 91 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 41 Basic Connectivity Terms continued Term Definition hostname Unique name that identifies a route
173. etween the rails as required The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the router chassis s external dimensions 5 44 in 8 74 cm high 17 44 in 44 5 cm wide and 21 15 in 55 67 cm deep The outer edges of the mounting ears extend the width of either chassis to 19 44 in 48 58 cm and the front of the chassis extends approximately 0 5 in 1 27 cm beyond the mounting ears The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances around the router and rack See General Site Guidelines on page 635 A CAUTION If you are mounting the router in a cabinet be sure that ventilation is sufficient to prevent overheating If a front mount rack is used we recommend supporting the back of the router with a shelf or other structure The 4550 and 6550 chassis height of 5 44 in 8 74 cm equals 2 U Each U isa standard rack unit defined in Cabinets Racks Panels and Associated Equipment document number EIA 510 D published by the Electronics Industry Association Connection to Building Structure Always secure the rack to the structure of the building If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes bolt the rack to the floor For maximum stability also secure the rack to ceiling brackets For more information see Rack Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 217 Rack Requirements MN 65 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Router Environmental Tolerances
174. ew and Edit gt View Configuration Text Alternatively from configuration mode in the CLI enter the show command The following sample output displays the sample values configured in Table 45 on page 111 Your output displays the values you set edit user host show system host name routera domain name lab router net domain search lab router net router net backup router 192 168 2 44 time zone America Los Angeles root authentication ssh rsa ssh rsa AAAAB3Nza D9Y2gXF9ac rootGroutera lab router net name server 10 148 2 32 services ssh ntp server 10 148 2 21 interfaces ge 0 0 0 unit O family inet address 192 168 1 1 24 100 unit O family inet address 172 16 1 24 32 Meaning The output shows the configuration of basic connectivity Verify that the values displayed are correct for your Services Router Related Topics For more information about the format of a configuration file see the JUNOS CLI User Guide 114 1m Displaying Basic Connectivity Configurations Chapter 7 Installing JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services For information explaining how to install JUNOS software with enhanced services if your Services Router is running JUNOS software see the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Migration Guide For information explaining how to upgrade the software if you have already installed JUNOS software with enhanced services see the JUNOS Soft
175. ewdriver to remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal block 7 Within the terminal block remove the screw that fastens the power cable lug to the terminal block 8 Carefully move the power cable out of the way 9 Using the removed screw secure the replacement power cable see 1 to the appropriate terminal Tighten the screw until snug Do not overtighten The screw contains a captive washer used to secure the power cable lug to the terminal block ES NOTE Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated DC power feed For information about connecting to DC power sources see Connecting Power on page 84 10 Dress the power cable appropriately 11 Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal block 12 Verify that the power cable does not block access to router components or drape where people might trip on it 15 Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Removing a DC Power Supply The power supplies are located at the right rear of the chassis A power supply weighs 2 4 lb 1 1 kg To remove a DC power supply see Figure 79 on page 144 1 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201
176. f the chassis see Figure 15 on page 22 and Figure 17 on page 25 Each J6550 power supply provides power to all components in the router The J6550 power supplies are fully redundant If one power supply fails or is removed the remaining power supply instantly assumes the entire electrical load One power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational Each J6350 power supply is hot insertable and hot removable A CAUTION Do not leave a power supply slot empty for more than a short time while the Services Router is operational The power supply or a blank power supply panel must remain in the chassis for proper airflow To replace power system components use the following procedures m Replacing AC Power Supply Cords on page 139 m Removing an AC Power Supply from J6350 Routers on page 140 m Installing an AC Power Supply in J6550 Routers on page 141 m Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on page 142 m Removing a DC Power Supply on page 143 m Installing a DC Power Supply on page 144 Replacing AC Power Supply Cords To replace the AC power cord for a redundant power supply Replacing Power System Components m 139 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 1 Locate a replacement power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location see AC Power Connection and Power Cord Specifications on page 69 2 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare
177. f the router after the Routing Engine finishes booting use the J Web interface or the CLI to halt the Services Router first For instructions see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Alternatively you can press and release the power button to gracefully shut down the router For more information see Powering a Services Router On and Off on page 89 STATUS LED When the system is powered on the STATUS LED changes from off to blinking green Startup takes approximately 90 seconds to complete If you want to turn the system J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features WM 27 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide off and on again we recommend waiting a few seconds between shutting it down and powering it back up Table 13 on page 28 describes the STATUS LED Table 13 STATUS LED Color State Description Green Blinking Router is starting up or performing diagnostics On steadily Router is operating normally Red Blinking Error has been detected ALARM LED The ALARM LED lights yellow to indicate a minor condition that requires monitoring or maintenance and lights red to indicate a major condition that can result in a system shutdown When the condition is corrected the light turns off Table 14 on page 28 describes the ALARM LED Table 14 ALARM LED Color State Description Red On steadily Major alarm indicates a critical situation on the router that has resulted from one of the followi
178. failed Packets arriving at a Services Router in this situation are routed to the backup router When the routing protocol process starts up again the address of the backup router is removed from the routing and forwarding tables of the Services Router The backup router must be located on the same subnet NOTE To configure a backup router you must use the CLI or J Web configuration editor You cannot configure a backup router with J Web Quick Configuration The loopback address is the IP address of the Services Router The loopback address ensures that the router provides an IP address to management applications Because it must always be available to hosts attempting to route packets to the router the loopback address resides on an interface that is always active known as the loopback interface 100 0 Setting a loopback address ensures that the router can receive packets addressed to the loopback address as long as the router is reachable though any entry ingress interface In addition applications such as NTP RADIUS and TACACS can use the loopback address as the source address for outgoing packets If you use the J Web Set Up Quick Configuration page you can either set a loopback address of your choice or have the loopback address automatically set to 127 0 0 1 when you click Apply or OK to commit the configuration Built In Ethernet Interface Address 94 The built in Gigabit Ethernet interfaces ge 0 0 0 through ge 0 0 3
179. for compact flash recovery 165 NOH CE ICONS iso mete ri e e unen re doin hn er Paid xviii NT1 device provisioning information 74 NTP server defining configuration dito 112 defining Quick Configuration 105 OVOEVIOMWUS S cef osse ELM kde hd a Aci 95 o ONLINE LEDs ADSI BIM SES e ttr pet RI Reto ed 57 channelized E Ports rid ates 51 channelized PI POLS recado totes 51 GISEDSL PIM SEtUS iin eese ru rg ee rest eig 59 ISDN BRI BIM status ettet hereto tet 56 overview E Hike steve Pa ge 5 MEG T 4 DEE 5 JO Oia A de bred een 6 P packing materials packing a Services Router for shipment 174 packing components for shipment 174 SAVING ee gie cepe ete v enameled peri Se eb s 78 parentheses in syntax descripotons ee xix password See root password passwords root password recovering 161 PC See management device personnel Warning cete Gee reps 200 physdiskwrite utility for compact flash recovery 165 PIC See PIMs PIM number always Dicc rir ein cetera eene 124 PIMs Physical Interface Modules 4 Port Fast Ethernet s deest tee edet 54 4 Port ISDN BRE 5 nett et ute tet RES 55 ADOS A 56 cables and Connectors 179 Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM 49 RI DI TEE E 48 Dual Port Fast Ethernet 55 Dual Port Serial ooo re ee etes 47 DualPort lve cil 56 eene edu eist 48 o ERE 51 Index mM 249 JUNOS Software
180. from the chassis front Router weight m J2320 Services Router E Minimum no PIMs 14 8 lbs 6 7 kg E Maximum three PIMs 15 9 lbs 7 2 kg m J2350 Services Router E Minimum no PIMs 16 3 lbs 7 4 kg 8 Maximum five PIMs 18 2 lbs 8 3 kg J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features m 11 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide J2320 and J2350 Midplane The J2320 and J2350 midplane is located in the center of the chassis and forms the rear of the PIM card cage see Figure 6 on page 10 and Figure 7 on page 11 You install the PIMs into the midplane from the front of the chassis Data packets are transferred across the midplane from the PIM to the Routing Engine and from the Routing Engine across the midplane to the destination PIM J2320 and J2350 Routing Engine Hardware The Routing Engine consists of the following components Processor Creates the packet forwarding switch fabric for the router and runs JUNOS software to maintain the router s routing tables and routing protocols DRAM Buffers incoming packets and provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes To view the amount of DRAM installed on your router issue the show chassis routing engine command EPROM Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine To view the serial number of the Routing Engine issue either the show chassis routing engine command or the show chassis ha
181. g Power The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation The protective earthing terminal on the rear of the chassis is provided to connect the router to ground For DC cable requirements see DC Power Connection and Power Cable Specifications on page 71 To connect DC power to the router Chapter 5 Installing and Connecting a Services Router 1 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 2 Use a grounding cable to connect the router to earth ground For cable requirements see Chassis Grounding on page 83 a Verify that a licensed electrician has attached an appropriate grounding cable lug to the grounding cable b Connect one end of the grounding cable to a proper earth ground such as the rack in which the router is installed c With a Phillips screwdriver remove the screw and washer from the PEM nut at the grounding point on the rear of the chassis d Place the grounding lug at the other end of the cable over the grounding point as shown in Figure 52 on page 88 and Figure 55 on page 89 e Secure the cable lug to the grounding point first with the washer then with the screw On J2320 and J2350 routers use the screw containing a captive washer to secure the cable lug to the grounding point NOTE A DC power
182. g o al 004 omo O i aus PORTO PORT STATUS sms PORT 1 STATUS N se KH mg op mn 7 EZ SLOT NUMBER 8 AE BSS ary y t ALARM HA Power LAN ports Console Auxiliary USB ESD point S LED LED button port port ports 3 The components of the front panel from left to right are described in the following sections m Physical Interface Modules PIMs on page 26 m Power Button and POWER LED on page 27 m STATUS LED on page 27 m ALARM LED on page 28 m HA LED on page 29 m RESET CONFIG Button on page 29 m Built In Gigabit Ethernet Ports on page 29 m Console Port on page 50 m AUX Port on page 30 m USB Port on page 30 Physical Interface Modules PIMs Physical Interface Modules PIMs provide the physical connection to various network media types For information about individual PIMs see Field Replaceable PIMs on page 38 For pinouts of PIM cable connectors see Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts on page 179 For PIM replacement instructions see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Each J4350 and J6350 Services Router has six front panel slots for field replaceable PIMs These slots are numbered from top to bottom and from left to right as shown in the slot number diagram on the front panel shown in Figure 20 on page 27 J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Table 12 POWER LED Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features Figure 20 Slot Number Diagram on Front Pan
183. g to Secure Context or Router Context Changing the device from one context to another and JUNOS Software Administration Guide understanding the factory default settings Interface Configuration xvi W Supported Routing Platforms About This Guide Table 1 Tasks and Related Documentation continued Task Related Documentation Configuring device interfaces m JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide m JUNOS Software CLI Reference Deployment Planning and Configuration m Understanding and gathering information required to JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Design and design network firewalls and IPsec VPNs Implementation Guide J series Services Routers only m Implementing a JUNOS software with enhanced services firewall from a sample scenario m Implementing a policy based IPsec VPN from a sample scenario Security Configuration Configuring and managing the following security services m JUNOS Software Security Configuration Guide m Stateful firewall policies m JUNOS Software CLI Reference m Zones and their interfaces and address books m IPsec VPNs m Firewall screens m Interface modes Network Address Translation NAT mode and Router mode m Public Key Cryptography PKI m Application Layer Gateways ALGs m Chassis clusters m Intrusion Detection and Prevention IDP Routing Protocols and Services Configuration m Configuring routing protocols including static
184. ge 0 0 0 interface m If you are performing the initial configuration with the J Web interface collect the following equipment A management device such as a laptop with an Ethernet port An Ethernet cable provided m If you are performing the initial configuration with the CLI collect the following equipment A management device such as a PC or laptop with a serial port and an asynchronous terminal application such as Microsoft Windows Hyperterminal An RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter provided An Ethernet cable provided For a remote connection two dial up modems For a remote modem connection a DB 9 female to DB 25 male adapter or other adapter appropriate for your modem not provided Connecting to a Services Router You can connect to the Services Router using the J Web or CLI interface You can connect to the CLI from a remote location through two dial up modems For details see Connecting to the CLI Remotely on page 100 96 HN Connecting to a Services Router Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity This section contains the following topics Connecting to the J Web Interface on page 97 Connecting to the CLI Locally on page 98 Connecting to the CLI Remotely on page 100 Connecting to the J Web Interface If you plan to use the J Web interface to configure the Services Router you must connect through one of the built in Ethernet management ports as shown in Figure 54 on page 98 and Figure 55 on pa
185. ge 98 When the Services Router is powered on for the first time the system looks for a DHCP server and if it does not find one it assigns an IP address within the 192 168 1 0 24 subnetwork to any devices connected to it To connect to the J Web interface through port O on the router see Figure 54 on page 98 and Figure 55 on page 98 1 On the management device such as a PC or laptop you use to access the J Web interface verify that the address of the port that you connect to the router is set to one of the following m An Ethernet address on the 192 168 1 24 subnetwork other than 192 168 1 1 m An Ethernet address from a DHCP server Turn off the power to the management device Plug one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the management device Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the built in Ethernet port on the router Power on the router by pressing the power button on the front panel Wait until the STATUS LED on the front panel turns solid green Turn on the power to the management device The router assigns an IP address to the management device within the 192 168 1 0 24 subnetwork if the device is configured to use DHCP From the management device open a Web browser and enter the IP address 192 168 1 1 in the address field The Set Up Quick Configuration page appears Configure basic settings for your router as described in Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration
186. ger http www juniper net cm To verify service entitlement by product serial number use our Serial Number Entitlement SNE Tool located at https tools juniper net SerialNumberEntitlementSearch Opening a Case with JTAC You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone m Use the Case Manager tool in the CSC at http www juniper net cm m Call 1 888 314 JTAC 1 888 514 5822 toll free in the USA Canada and Mexico Requesting Technical Support About This Guide For international or direct dial options in countries without toll free numbers visit us at http www juniper net support requesting support html Requesting Technical Support WI xxiii JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Aly MW Requesting Technical Support Part 1 Services Router Overview m Overview of Services Routers on page 3 m series Services Router Hardware Features on page 7 m PIM Overview on page 55 Services Router Overview JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 2 BR Services Router Overview Chapter 1 Overview of Services Routers J series Services Routers running JUNOS software with enhanced services provide stable reliable and efficient IP routing WAN and LAN connectivity and management services for small to medium sized enterprise networks These routers also provide network security features including a stateful firewall with access control policies and screens to protect against attacks and
187. gia dever o ser desconectadas todas as conex es existentes WARNING jAtenci n Esta J6550 unidad tiene m s de una conexi n de suministros de alimentaci n para eliminar la alimentaci n por completo deben desconectarse completamente todas las conexiones WARNING Varning Denna J6550 enhet har mer n en str mf rs rjningsanslutning alla anslutningar m ste vara helt avl gsnade innan str mtillf rseln till enheten r fullst ndigt bruten Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information Power Disconnection Warning WARNING Before working on the router or near power supplies unplug the power cord from an AC router WARNING Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen gt WARNING Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto ennen kuin teet mit n asennuspohjalle tai ty skentelet virtal hteiden l heisyydess gt WARNING Attention Avant de travailler sur un ch ssis ou proximit d une alimentation lectrique d brancher le cordon d alimentation des unit s en courant alternatif WARNING Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der N he von Netzger ten arbeiten ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw WARNING Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno
188. gure 35 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM The 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM provides the following key features m Full duplex and half duplex modes m Autonegotiation through medium dependent interface MDI and MDI crossover MDI X support For pinouts of cable connectors for Fast Ethernet ePIMs see Fast Ethernet RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 189 NOTE 4 port Fast Ethernet ePIMs support a maximum frame size of 1514 bytes Jumbo frames are not supported For information about installing and removing a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Fast Ethernet LEDs indicate link status and activity Table 50 on page 55 describes the meaning of the LEDs Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Table 30 LEDs for 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM Label Color State Description Link status upper Green On steadily Port is online left Off Port is offline Link activity upper Green Blinking Port is transmitting or receiving right data Off Port might be online but it is not ransmitting or receiving data For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide 4 Port ISDN BRI PIMs The 4 port ISDN BRI PIMs have four physical ports that support the ISDN BRI S T Figure 56 on page 55 or ISDN BRI U Figure 57 on page 55 interface type Figure 36 ISDN BRI S T PIM a E E ee BRI 2 STATUS SORT n D LJ STATUS ORT e 4 me
189. h the console port 5 To check the configuration see Verifying Basic Connectivity and the Configuration on page 113 Table 42 Set Up Quick Configuration Summary Field Function Your Action Identification Host Name Defines the hostname of the router Type the hostname required Domain Name Defines the network or subnetwork that the machine belongs to Type the domain name Root Password required Sets the root password that user root can use to log in to the router Type a plain text password that the system encrypts NOTE After a root password has been defined it is required when you log in to the J Web user interface or the CLI Verify Root Password required Verifies the root password has been typed correctly Retype the password 104 m Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration Table 42 Set Up Quick Configuration Summary continued Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity Field Function Your Action Time Time Zone Identifies the time zone that the router is From the list select the appropriate time zone located in NTP Servers Specify an NTP server that the router can reach to synchronize the system time To add an IP address type it in the box to the left of the Add button then click Add To delete an IP address click on it in the box above the Add button then click Delete Current System Time
190. h to the terminal studs on each power supply A WARNING Power plant ground and chassis ground must be connected to the same building ground A CAUTION Before router installation begins a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router Each DC power cable 48 VDC and return must be 14 AWG single strand wire cable or as permitted by the local code Each lug attached to the power cables must be a ring type vinyl insulated TV14 6R lug or equivalent Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications m 71 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide NOTE Power cords and cables must not block access to router components or drape where people might trip on them For information about the DC power supply see J2350 Power System on page 18 J4350 Power System on page 30 or J6550 Power System on page 31 To connect the DC power cable during initial installation see Connecting DC Power on page 86 To replace a DC power cable see Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on page 142 Planning for Power Management 72 m Before you install a chassis or add a new PIM to an existing chassis verify that the combination of PIMs and modules PIMs or PIMs plus a WXC Integrated Services Module to be installed does not exceed the power and heat capacities for that model Add the low
191. hassis For information about the maximum power and heat tokens permitted for each chassis see Planning for Power Management on page 72 To bring the PIM online 1 Check if the PIM exceeds the power and heat tokens permitted by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis power ratings CLI commands userQhost show chassis fpc Temp CPU Utilization Memory Utilization Slot State CO Total Interrupt DRAM MB Heap Buffer 0 Online CPU less FPC 1 Online CPU less FPC 2 Online CPU less FPC 3 Empty 4 Empty 5 Offline Hardware exceeds High Power token limits In this example J series power management has placed the PIM in slot 5 in an offline state to prevent damage If brought online the PIM would cause the combination of PIMs to exceed the maximum limit of 85 high power tokens for the J2350 router user host gt show chassis power ratings Device Low High Heat Ratings Power Power Total Tokens 83 83 83 FPC 1 6 27 21 OK FPC 2 3 27 18 OK FPC 3 3 27 18 OK FPC 4 0 0 0 OK FPC 5 2 27 2 Exceeded Tokens Used 14 108 59 gt NOTE In the show chassis power ratings command output the PIM slot number is reported as an FPC number The offline PIM is not powered off and continues to draw minimal power 2 To bring the PIM online you have the following options
192. he charging function m Because the router is a positive ground system you must connect the positive lead to the terminal labeled RTN the negative lead to the terminal labeled 48 VDC and the earth ground to the chassis grounding points Power Sources for Redundant Power Supplies If your J6550 Services Router includes an optional redundant DC power supply make sure that the two DC power supplies are powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A and feed B This configuration provides the commonly deployed A B feed redundancy for the system Failure to do so makes the router susceptible to total power failure if one of the power supplies fails TREI In D Juniper Networks 281 GENTE TRA ER EA E Wi MAPEI i DE Juniper Networks OS if D Fa HH a ED SSCA BTE FLU C Gu DC Power Disconnection Warning WARNING Before performing any of the following procedures ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit To ensure that all power is off locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkst
193. he power cord or cable 13 Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Replacing External Compact Flashes 132 m The external compact flash is an optional component on J2320 and J2350 Services Routers It provides secondary storage for the router and can accommodate software images configuration files and microcode If the internal compact flash fails on startup the router boots from the external compact flash For information about configuring the external compact flash see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide NOTE Depending on your configuration the Services Router might not have an external compact flash If no external compact flash is installed proceed directly to Step 10 to install the compact flash The external compact flash is installed in a slot on the rear of the J2320 or J2350 chassis To replace the external compact flash 1 Verify the device that the router used to boot by running the show system storage command from the CLI For example user host gt show system storage Filesystem 512 blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on dev ad0s1a 218254 175546 40526 81 The boot device is mounted on The internal compact flash is located at adO The external compact flash is located at ad2 The USB storage device is located at daO This example shows that the router booted from the internal compact flash If the show system storage output in
194. hield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the router This section contains the following topics m J2320 and J2350 Field Replaceable PIM and Module Summary on page 38 m J4350 and J6350 Field Replaceable PIM Summary on page 39 m 1 Port 6 Port 8 Port and 16 Port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs on page 41 m 1 Port Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs on page 44 m Dual Port Serial PIM on page 47 m Dual Port T1 or El PIM on page 48 m Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM on page 49 m 73 or E3 PIM on page 51 m DualPort Fast Ethernet PIM on page 55 m 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM on page 54 m 4 Port ISDN BRI PIMs on page 55 m ADSL PIM on page 56 m G SHDSL PIM on page 58 J2320 and J2350 Field Replaceable PIM and Module Summary 38 Table 19 on page 59 provides software release information port numbers and sample interface names for the field replaceable PIMs and modules supported on J2320 and J2350 Services Routers For interface naming conventions see the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide The supported PIMs can be installed in any slot available on the J2320 and J2350 routers The WXC Integrated Services Module supported on the J2350 model occupies two slots You can install only one of these modules in a router chassis CAUTION Do not install a combination of modules in a single chassis that exceeds the maximum power and heat capacity of the chassis If J series power management is ena
195. his information helpful in a particular situation or might otherwise overlook it CAUTION You need to observe the specified guidelines to avoid minor injury or discomfort to you or severe damage to the Services Router WARNING This symbol means danger You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury Before you work on any equipment be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents WARNING Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico s en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen Definition of Safety Warning Levels m 197 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 198 m WARNING Varoitus T m varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa Olet tilanteessa joka voi johtaa ruumiinvammaan Ennen kuin ty skentelet mink n laitteiston parissa ota selv s hk kytkent ihin liittyvist vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien ehk isykeinoista WARNING Attention Ce symbole d avertissement indique un danger Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels Avant de travailler sur un quipement soyez conscient des dangers pos s par les
196. hysdiskwrite C gt physdiskwrite u junos jseries 7 0 20041028 0 export cf512 physdiskwrite v0 5 by Manuel Kasper Searching for physical drives Information for PhysicalDrive0 Windows cyl 2432 tpc 255 spt 63 C H S 16383 16 63 Model HITACHI DK23DA 20 Serial number 123ABC Firmware rev 00J2A0G0 Information for PhysicalDrivel Windows cyl 125 tpc 255 spt 63 Which disk do you want to write 0 1 1 WARNING that disk is larger than 800 MB Make sure you re not accidentally overwriting your primary hard disk Proceeding on your own risk About to overwrite the contents of disk 1 with new data Proceed y n y 511451136 511451136 bytes written in total es NOTE The copy process can take several minutes After copying the software package to the compact flash you can use it as the internal compact flash in any J series Services Router 166 1H Recovering Primary Boot Devices Chapter 9 Troubleshooting a Services Router Contacting the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center If you need assistance while troubleshooting a Services Router open a support case using the Case Manager link at http www juniper net support or call 1 888 314 JTAC within the United States or 1 408 745 9500 from outside the United States For more information see Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware on page 169 Contacting the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center m 167 JUNOS Software
197. i iu etd d d da a Loco dee e 51 electrical specfications an a eane e eS 69 A EEE pea EES 32 Index m 247 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide frontpaneel el sie een ed tet FRUS replacing eee G SHDSL PIM vie comas srntigicie Gigabit Ethernet ePIM E Gigabit Ethernet ublMs 41 WEE EE 20 hardware components ue ttt tana 24 hardware replacing inerenti rends 119 installations andis at i teet ned 80 interfaces supported 59 mounting brackets Installmg 81 DEENEN PT 6 physical specifications 24 PIM OVERVICW bic cs eebe gege eet 38 PIMSsS DpOoFrted Aen dee ae ere 39 ports Supported odo te a ade rd 39 power management si ihpin ii o eniin 72 power supplies See power supplies J6350 restricted access installation 19 31 32 80 Routing Engine hardwares scaricarsi 25 EE 51 USB DOTE tede hb latas tl EE 30 Japan compliance statement eects 256 JTAC Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center A egen Eed ee 167 contacting for hardware return 172 information required for hardware return 172 Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center See JTAC JUNOS CLI connecting locally cece eeeeeeeseeteeeeeeees 98 Connecting remotely stem it aan een ees 100 JUNOS Enhanced Services software ACUM thereto PR Hb tte XX JUNOS software establishing connectivity sss 91 JUNOS software with enhanced services release notes URL xv JUNOScript API defining access
198. ia sia impedita lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15 2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle ventole WARNING Advarsel Unng overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks router Disse skal ikke brukes p steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen overstiger 40 C 104 F S rg for at klaringen rundt lufte pningene er minst 15 2 cm 6 tommer for forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon WARNING Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks router n o utilize este equipamento numa rea que exceda a temperatura m xima recomendada de 40 C Para evitar a restric o circulac o de ar deixe pelo menos um espaco de 15 2 cm volta das aberturas de ventilac o WARNING jAtenci n Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks router se recaliente no lo haga funcionar en un rea en la que se supere la Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information temperatura ambiente m xima recomendada de 40 C Para impedir la restricci n de la entrada de aire deje un espacio m nimo de 15 2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilaci n WARNING Varning F rhindra att en Juniper Networks router verhettas genom att inte anv nda den i ett omr de d r den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen p 40 C verskrids F rhindra att luftcirkulationen inskr nks genom att se till att det finns fritt utrymme p minst 15 2
199. ial in Feature that enables J series Services Routers to receive calls from the remote end of a backup ISDN connection The remote end of the ISDN call might be a service provider a corporate central location or a customer premises equipment CPE branch office All incoming calls can be verified against caller IDs configured on the router s dialer interface See also callback 36 Mm PIMTerms Chapter 3 PIM Overview Table 18 PIM Terms continued Term Definition dialer filter Stateless firewall filter that enables dial on demand routing backup when applied to a physical ISDN interface and its dialer interface configured as a passive static route The passive static route has a lower priority than dynamic routes If all dynamic routes to an address are lost from the routing table and the router receives a packet for that address the dialer interface initiates an ISDN backup connection and sends the packet over it See also dial on demand routing backup floating static route dial on demand routing DDR backup Feature that provides a J series Services Router with full time connectivity across an ISDN line When routes on a primary serial T1 E1 T5 E3 Fast Ethernet or PPPoE interface are lost an ISDN dialer interface establishes a backup connection To save connection time costs the Services Router drops the ISDN connection after a configured period of inactivity Services Router with ISDN interfaces support
200. iguration root password requirement 92 compact flash backup replacing i onte etse ttes ter 152 ESPINA 12 25 external descriptiones beo etre 18 external J2320 and Dapp 18 external TEPlACIN isos ts 132 SCA ia A e es 151 internal TECOVEA omar ella es 164 location ortzontal cee eeeeeeeeeees 130 LOCATION Vettical se sie tt t eter ete te 129 minor yellow alarm 158 LECOVELING TE 164 See also compact flash recovery ele VE 151 replacirig z oec cg ente 126 129 replacing rotating fans warning 127 130 compact flash recovery adapter Oe Didi oca 165 copying the JUNOS Image 165 FEASONS TOPs ete epi Ie Po ete ete qi rtt 164 requirements iet Loe ha tee te SERVIRE 164 compliance EMGC TE QUITE MENE dete eo t Re b tte 255 general standards sace Rr etes a 252 ii AAA ret neo 226 components packing for sbigpmenmt ceeeeeteeeeees 174 FOPlACIN Gives cust oi tei eae ee I P ERES 119 serial number Jabel 169 170 troubleshooting on dte dete o mte 157 See also LEDs configuration clearing with RESET CONFIG button 160 factory resetting with RESET CONFIG tte PE 160 root password requirement 92 configuration editor See CLI configuration editor J Web configuration editor connection AC DOWER E 84 DC POWER 5 tede oer oett e ah esas 86 for managements ieii mr Orten 91 DEER cables 152 its eto o ttd 85 to SERVICES Hotel cst eerta 96 Index connectivity basic See basic connectivity hardWa
201. imensional tokens assigned to each J series PIM Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications Table 38 J series PIM Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Chapter 4 Preparing for Router Installation Name Model Number PIM Abbreviation Tokens Edda Low Power High Power Heat 1 Port Gigabit JXU SFP S 1xSFP uPIM 8 8 Ethernet uPIM 6 Port Gigabit JXU 6GE SFP S 6xSFP uPIM Ve 13 Ethernet uPIM 8 Port Gigabit JXU 8GE TX S 8xGE uPIM 21 27 Ethernet uPIM 16 Port Gigabit JXU 16GE TX S 16xGE uPIM 38 36 Ethernet uPIM 1 Port Copper JXE 1GE TX S 1xGE Copper 6 7 Gigabit Ethernet ePIM 1 Port SFP Gigabit JXE 1GE SFP S 1xGE SFP 4 4 Ethernet ePIM Dual Port Serial JX 2Serial S 2xSerial 5 6 PIM Dual Port El PIM JX 2E1 RJ48 5 2xE1 6 6 Dual Port TI PIM JX 2T1 RJ48 S 2xT1 6 p 5 Dual Port JX 2CT1E1 RJ45 S 2xCT1E1 PRI 5 5 Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM E5 PIM 1 port JX 1E5 S 1xE3 7 B 7 T3 PIM also JX 1DS3 S 1xT3 7 7 known as DS3 Dual Port Fast JX 2FE TX S 2xFE 6 1 6 Ethernet PIM 4 Port Fas JXE 4FE TX S 4xFE ePIM 9 9 Ethernet ePIM 4 Port ISDN BRI JX 4BRI S S 4x BRI S T 4 4 S T PIM 4 Port ISDN BRIU JX 4BRI U S 4x BRI U 4 6 PIM ADSL 2 2 JX 1ADSL A S 1x ADSL Annex A 16 2 16 Annex A PIM 1 port for POTS Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications 73 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Gui
202. int on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 4 Press and release the power button to power off the router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off before you remove the compact flash Skip this step if the router did not boot from the external compact flash see Step 1 5 Gently grasp the USB storage device and slide it out of the USB port 6 Place the USB storage device on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag Installing the USB Storage Device To install the USB storage device GES NOTE For a list of supported USB storage devices see the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Release Notes at http www juniper net 1 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 2 Orient the USB storage device with the USB port on the front panel of the router Replacing USB Storage Devices m 135 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 5 Insert the USB storage device into the USB port If the USB storage device does not easily slide into the port it might not be oriented correctly Turn the USB storage device upside down
203. ion Your Action To allow you to configure the management interfaces the configuration wizard presents the following information To configure a specific management interface enter the number associated with it at the prompt Configure the following network interfaces Identifier Interface T eee ge 0 0 0 Lee bed se ge 0 0 1 A GE ge 0 0 2 deni ge 0 0 3 Would you like to configure any of the above interfaces yes no yes Please enter one or more identifiers of the interfaces separated by comma For example 1 2 Please select interface identifiers For example if you enter 1 the following text and prompt is displayed Configure IP on interface ge 0 0 0 IP address for this interface After you enter the IP address the configuration wizard presents the following prompt Subnet mask bit length for this interface 1 32 32 After you enter the subnet mask for the interface the configuration wizard presents the following prompt Enter a security zone name to associate this interface to Default Gateway Would you like to configure default gateway yes Defines a default gateway through Type a 32 bit IP address in no no which to direct packets addressed to dotted decimal notation networks not explicitly listed in the If you enter y es the configuration wizard routing table presents the following prompt Enter IP address for the default gateway New User Account Configuring Basic Setting
204. ironment suitable for electronic equipment We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment and that all local fire safety and electrical codes and ordinances be observed when you are installing and operating your equipment In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire first unplug the power cord For shutdown instructions see Powering a Services Router On and Off on page 89 Router Environmental Tolerances Chapter 4 Preparing for Router Installation Then use a Type C fire extinguisher which uses noncorrosive fire retardants to extinguish the fire For more information about fire extinguishers see Fire Suppression Equipment on page 67 Fire Suppression Equipment Type C fire extinguishers which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide CO and Halotron are most effective for suppressing electrical fires Type C fire extinguishers displace the oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leave residues on equipment Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers dry chemical fire extinguishers near Juniper Networks equipment The primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate which is very s
205. it complete Exit configuration mode in the CLI Exit operational mode in the CLI At the prompt enter y to reboot the router Recovering the Root Password m 163 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Reboot the system y n y Recovering Primary Boot Devices All Services Routers use a compact flash to store JUNOS Enhanced Services router configuration files and log files The internal compact flash is not hot swappable and is accessible only after you remove the cover on the back panel of the router chassis In addition to the internal compact flash J2320 and J2350 Services Routers have a slot in the front of the chassis for external flash media All Services Routers also support externally pluggable USB storage devices If the primary storage medium becomes corrupted and no secondary medium is in place you can reload the JUNOS recovery software package onto the corrupted compact flash card with a desktop or laptop computer running either a UNIX Microsoft Windows 2000 or Windows XP Operating system This section contains the following topics m Why Compact Flash Recovery Might Be Necessary on page 164 m Recommended Recovery Hardware and Software on page 164 m Configuring Internal Compact Flash Recovery on page 165 Why Compact Flash Recovery Might Be Necessary For media redundancy we recommend that you keep a secondary storage medium attached and updated at all times Use the request system snapshot command
206. ith enhanced services WXC Integrated Services Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports 0 wx 1 0 0 Module ISM 200 NOTE This module is not supported on J2320 routers software with enhanced services J4350 and J6350 Field Replaceable PIM Summary Table 20 on page 40 provides software release information slot and port numbers and sample interface names for the field replaceable PIMs supported on J4350 and J6350 Services Routers Field Replaceable PIMs m 39 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide CAUTION Do not install a combination of modules in a single chassis that exceeds the maximum power and heat capacity of the chassis If J series power management is enabled PIMs and modules PIMs or PIMs plus a WXC Integrated Services Module that exceed the maximum power and heat capacity remain offline when the chassis is powered on To verify that the combination of PIMs to be installed in a chassis does not exceed the power and heat capacities for the J4350 or J6350 router see Planning for Power Management on page 72 Table 20 J4350 and J6350 Field Replaceable PIM and Module Summary Supported Software Releases Sample Interface Name PIM for This PIM Slot and Port Numbering type pim 0 port 1 Port SFP Gigabit Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 ge 2 0 0 Ethernet uPIM software with enhanced services Port O 6 Port SFP Gigabit Release 8 5 and later of J
207. ith the vendor name and memory size facing up and the arrow pointing towards the router insert the new compact flash into the compact flash slot see Figure 66 on page 128 Figure 66 Inserting the J2320 or J2350 Internal Compact Flash Insert the new compact flash in the internal compact flash slot PIM card cage Chassis front Replace the compact flash slot cover Tighten the pan head screws that secure the compact flash slot cover Slide the chassis cover onto the chassis Replace the chassis cover See Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on 12320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 Replace the power cable Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily 128 1H Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J2320 and J2350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J4350 and J6350 Routers The internal compact flash is installed in a slot on the bottom of the J4350 or J6350 chassis see Figure 67 on page 129 ES NOTE Use only compact flash cards purchased from Juniper Networks for your J series platform and model Figure 67 Location of J4350 and J6350 Compact Flash Compact flash drive Y Al N ON DOOOOOO0 DOOOOOO0 i 2 Dg nu Eet qf
208. ized interface a NOTE You cannot configure a channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI interface through a J Web Quick Configuration page Field Replaceable PIMs m 49 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 50 Figure 31 Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM 9002377 The Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM provides the following key features Onboard network processor Two port channelization Interfaces that are software configurable as T1 or E1 channels or ISDN PRI B channels Clear channel fractional and channelized operation Lower latency due to the addition of a Freescale processor Maximum MTU value of 4500 bytes for channelized T1 or E1 interface and 4098 bytes for ISDN PRI services oe NOTE For a clear channel T1 or El interface the maximum MTU is 9150 bytes 56 Kbps and 64 Kbps modes ANSI T1 102 T1 107 and T1 403 standards compliance G 703 G 704 and G 706 El standards compliance Independent internal and external clocking system Loopback bit error rate test BERT T1 facilities data link FDL and long buildout diagnostics For pinouts of cable connectors for channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIMs see ISDN RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 195 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI LEDs indicate PIM and port status Table 27 on page 51 describes the meaning of the LED states eS NOTE The STATUS LED displays channelized T1 or E
209. ke tac ata modem remote connection regaining lost DHCP lease after initial eet tel DEER 104 through J WeB vestida Tp ette dettes 97 through Che CL locally aiaei 98 through the CLI remotely eee 100 console port adapte La aspetti EE ERI tana Hnc de totius 162 adapter chassis ien epe e teer 99 102 auxiliary console port 17 50 connecting through the CLI locally 98 connecting through the CLI remotely 100 descripta 17 30 on chassis DB 9 connector pinouts 191 on chassis RJ 45 connector pinouts 190 replacing the cable cet n Re pt 120 settings for local CLI Connection 99 settings for modem connection at router for remote CLI ACCESS in iei tuc pe tees 101 settings for modem connection for remote CLI cler 102 conventions Tote ICONS ad tao E et xviii text and MEIS iie e e de tss xviii cooling system airflowrequirerent catas t n eg 65 GESCHIP MON s d ss usd dtc d v t etre 19 52 Copper Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs SW 44 PINUS Las eec e ete le Ee a ep abb utei egi 190 Copper Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs OVOILVIGW osen e tenderet et bata e etes 41 jeje oes 189 cords See AC power cords cables DC power cables cover replacing 2520 and D pp 124 Crypto Accelerator Module descriptiones bes et tu e teh Ee ns 12 25 installing serere tert tene Praten 148 152 locations iio set bo itt
210. klist in Table 40 on page 75 summarizes the tasks you need to perform when preparing a site for Services Router installation Table 40 Site Preparation Checklist Item or Task Performed By Date Notes Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed router tolerances Measure the distances between external power sources and the router installation site Select the type of rack Plan the rack location including required space clearances Secure the rack to the floor and the building structure Acquire appropriate cables and connectors Site Preparation Checklist m 75 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 76 W Site Preparation Checklist Chapter 5 Installing and Connecting a Services Router Make the appropriate preparations and verify the J series equipment before installing a J series Services Router and connecting it to a power source and the network Before You Begin CAUTION Do not install a combination of modules in a single chassis that exceeds the maximum power and heat capacity of the chassis If J series power management is enabled PIMs and modules PIMs or PIMs plus a WXC Integrated Services Module that exceed the maximum power and heat capacity remain offline when the chassis is powered on This chapter contains the following topics Before You Begin on page 77 Unpacking a J series Services Router on page 78 Installing J23
211. ks LED port Module PIM J ar a l SS I D Se Juniper 12350 d ER ges 2 ax PEED Ac n n E rom EE ol a e e e ua e emm M 1 a soe OS jara Ea MU i S 1237 lo 9 3 ge Kan P ae C Se LL Bs Ss 3 B H d H i 2 Power RESET Console LAN USB ESD button CONFIG port ports ports point button The components of the front panel are described in the following sections m Physical Interface Modules PIMs on page 14 m Power Button and POWER LED on page 14 m STATUS LED on page 15 m ALARM LED on page 15 m HA LED on page 16 m RESET CONFIG Button on page 16 m Built In Gigabit Ethernet Ports on page 17 J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features m 13 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide m Console Port on page 17 m AUX Port on page 17 m USB Port on page 17 Physical Interface Modules PIMs Physical Interface Modules PIMs provide the physical connection to various network media types For information about individual PIMs see Field Replaceable PIMs on page 58 For pinouts of PIM cable connectors see Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts on page 179 For PIM replacement instructions see Replacing a PIM on page 120 The J2320 front panel has three slots and the J2350 front panel has five slots for field replaceable PIMs These slots are numbered from top to bottom and from left to right as shown in Figure 10 on page 14 Slot O is a fixed interface module that contains four built in Gigabit
212. l Port Fast Ethernet Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 fe 1 0 0 PIM software with enhanced services Ports 0 and 1 4 port Fast Ethernet Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Can be installed in any fe 3 0 0 ePIM PIM software with enhanced high speed slot as follows services m J4350 Slots 3 and 6 Ports 0 through 3 m J6350 Slots 2 5 5 and 6 Ports 0 through 3 4 Port ISDN BRI PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 br 1 0 2 software with enhanced services Ports 0 1 2 and 3 ADSL PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 at 2 0 0 software with enhanced services Port 0 G SHDSL PIM Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Slots 1 through 6 at 1 0 0 software with enhanced services Ports 0 and 1 WXC Integrated Services Release 8 5 and later of JUNOS Ports 0 wx 1 0 0 Module ISM 200 software with enhanced services 1 Port 6 Port 8 Port and 16 Port Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs are supported on J2320 J2350 J4350 and J6550 Services Routers Gigabit Ethernet uPIMs are available in four versions The 1 port and 6 port SFP Gigabit Ethernet uPIM shown in Figure 22 on page 42 and Figure 25 on page 42 have small form factor pluggable SFP transceivers to allow you to use different connectors The optical SFP transceivers supported by these uPIMs are described in Table 22 on page 44 Field Replaceable PIMs mM 41 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide
213. l compact flash 126 129 EIN ele cire tepore er etta ese Eno pus 125 W Sin tie eee HM yen 120 power system enn 159 ools and parts reouired eeeeeeees 119 USB Storage devices as eene eere 154 request chassis pic fpc slot commande 123 reset power button for restart 14 27 RESET CONFIG button for factory configurato dcc Tee ut m rot eter 160 RESET CONFIG button for factory configuration 160 Return Materials Authorization See RMA returning hard Ware eere ree ERE 169 packing a Services Router for shipment 174 packing components for shipment 174 proCed rex step dotan See Da de 172 tools and parts required 175 RJ 45 connector pinouts chassis cornsole port a eee aer 190 Fast Ethernet pora dodo dedo 189 Gigabit Ethernet port PIM 190 Gigabit Ethernet port uPIMs sssssssses 189 RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter eee 162 chassis console port 99 102 RJ 48 connector to DB 15 connector crossover PINUS eto atte suture cat hauc dare 195 RJ 48 connector to DB 15 connector straight PINOS Em 195 RJ 48 connector to RJ 48 connector crossover PINUS rt a RAAR 192 RJ 48 connector to RJ 48 connector straight je soo i e ereter e au pineal sorties 192 RMA Return Materials Autbortzaton 169 tiumber io secet ii 175 packing a Services Router for shipment 174 packing components for shipment 174 POC le 172 tools and parts required 175 rollo
214. la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiaci n invisible cuando no existe un cable de fibra conectado evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no exponerse a la radiaci n A WARNING Varning Osynlig str lning kan avges fr n en port ppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och du b r d rf r undvika att bli utsatt f r str lning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade ppningar Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings As you maintain the Services Router observe the following guidelines and warnings m Battery Handling Warning on page 226 m jewelry Removal Warning on page 227 m Lightning Activity Warning on page 228 m Operating Temperature Warning on page 229 m Product Disposal Warning on page 251 Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 225 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 226 m Battery Handling Warning WARNING Replacing the battery incorrectly might result in an explosion Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions WARNING Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant aanbevolen is Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften weggeworpen te worden WARNING Varoitus R j hdyksen vaara jos akku on vaihdettu
215. ld telephone service POTS and the other Annex B Figure 59 on page 57 over ISDN includes one physical ADSL port for an ATM over ADSL connection 56 1H Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Figure 38 ADSL 2 2 Annex A PIM 9002333 9002332 The ADSL PIM provides the following key features m Onboard network processor m ADSL ADSL2 and ADSL2 protocols on the same PIM m Dying gasp notification m Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 encapsulation For pinouts of cable connectors for ADSL PIMs see ADSL and G SHDSL RJ 1 1 Connector Pinout on page 194 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 The ADSL PIMs have two LEDs to indicate the status of the PIM and its port Table 32 on page 57 describes the meaning of the LED states Table 32 LEDs for ADSL PIMs Label Color State Description ONLINE Green On steadily PIM passed the self test and is online and operational Unlit Off PIM is offline STATUS Green On steadily Online with no alarms or failures Red On steadily Active with local or remote alarms The router has detected a failure Field Replaceable PIMS WM 57 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide G SHDSL PIM 58 For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide The G SHDSL PIM Figure 40 on page 58 provides symmetric high speed digital
216. le licenses d For any trial copy of the Software Customer s right to use the Software expires 30 days after download installation or use of the Software Customer may operate the Software after the 30 day trial period only if Customer pays for a license to do so Customer may not extend or create an additional trial period by re installing the Software after the 50 day trial period e The Global Enterprise Edition of the Steel Belted Radius software may be used by Customer only to manage access to Customer s enterprise network Specifically service provider customers are expressly prohibited from using the Global Enterprise Edition of the Steel Belted Radius software to support any commercial network access services The foregoing license is not transferable or assignable by Customer No license is granted herein to any user who did not originally purchase the applicable license s for the Software from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller 4 Use Prohibitions Notwithstanding the foregoing the license provided herein does not permit the Customer to and Customer agrees not to and shall not a modify unbundle reverse engineer or create derivative works based on the Software b make unauthorized copies of the Software except as necessary for backup purposes c rent sell transfer or grant any rights in and to any copy of the Software in any form to any third party d remove any proprietary notices labels or marks on or in any
217. lectrical surge suppression and shielding Radio Frequency Interference You can reduce or eliminate the emission of radio frequency interference RFI from your site wiring by using twisted pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors If you must exceed the recommended distances use a high quality twisted pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable Electromagnetic Compatibility If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility EMC particularly from lightning or radio transmitters you might want to seek expert advice Strong sources of electromagnetic interference EMI can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the router and conduct power surges over the lines into the equipment resulting in an electrical hazard It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and to use electrical surge suppression devices Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications Chapter 4 Preparing for Router Installation A CAUTION To comply with intrabuilding lightning surge requirements intrabuilding wiring must be shielded and the shield for the wiring must be grounded at both ends Router Power Requirements Table 35 on page 69 and Table 36 on page 69 list the AC and DC power system electrical specifications for Services Routers Table 35 AC and DC Power System Electrical Specifications for J2320 and J2350 Routers I
218. luated to the TN power system Locate the emergency power off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical accident occurs you can quickly turn off the power Make sure that grounding surfaces are cleaned and brought to a bright finish before grounding connections can be made Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit Always check the circuit before starting to work Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area such as moist floors ungrounded power extension cords and missing safety grounds Operate the Services Router within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions For the Services Router and peripheral equipment to function safely and correctly use the cables and connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment and make certain they are in good condition Many Services Router components can be removed and replaced without powering down or disconnecting power to the Services Router as detailed in elsewhere in this manual Never install equipment if it appears damaged AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines CAUTION For routers with AC power supplies an external surge protective device SPD must be used at the AC power source The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC powered routers AC powered routers are shipped with a three wire electrical
219. ly You can monitor active alarms from the J Web interface or the CLI Services Router alarms warn you about conditions that can prevent the router from operating normally Chassis and system alarm conditions are preset When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition it lights the ALARM LED on the front panel When the condition is corrected the light turns off To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause issue the show chassis alarms CLI command user host gt show chassis alarms Table 47 on page 158 describes alarms that can occur for a chassis component such as the Routing Engine or a Physical Interface Module PIM Troubleshooting Hardware Components M 157 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 47 Chassis Alarm Conditions and Corrective Actions Component Alarm Conditions Corrective Action Alarm Severity Alternative boot media The Services Router boots from an alternative boot device Typically the router boots from the internal compact flash If you configured your router to boot from an alternative boot device ignore this alarm condition Yellow minor If you did not configure the router to boot from an alternative boot device contact JTAC See Requesting Technical Support on page xxii PIM A PIM has failed When a PIM fails it attempts to reboot Ifthe Routing Engine detects that a PIM is rebooting too often it shuts down the PIM
220. mber followed by the pound key if this is an existing case or press the star key to be routed to the next available support engineer Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC Return Procedure When requesting support from JTAC by telephone be prepared to provide the following information m Your existing case number if you have one m Details of the failure or problem m Type of activity being performed on the router when the problem occurred Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands If the problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician a Return Materials Authorization RMA number is issued This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed 172 1H Contacting Customer Support Chapter 10 Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware Er NOTE Do not return any component to Juniper Networks unless you have first obtained an RMA number Juniper Networks reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA Refused shipments are returned to the customer via collect freight For more information about return and repair policies see the customer support Web page at http www juniper net support guidelines html For product problems or technical support issues open a support case using the Case Manager link at http www juniper net support or call 1 888 314 JTAC within the United States or 1 4
221. me For example set hostname routera ame the domain in which the router is ocated In the Domain name box type the domain name of the router for example lab router net Set the domain name For example set domain name lab router net Configuring Basic Settings with a Configuration Editor m 111 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 45 Configuring Basic Settings continued Task J Web Configuration Editor CLI Configuration Editor Allow SSH remote access 1 Inthe Nested configuration section next to Services click Configure or Edit 2 Next to Ssh click Configure or Edit 3 Click OK 4 Click OK a second time to return to the System level in the configuration editor hierarchy Set remote access for SSH Set services ssh Define root authentication for access to the router NOTE For readability the entire key is not shown 1 Inthe Nested configuration section next to Root authentication click Configure or Edit 2 Next to Ssh rsa click Add New Entry 5 Inthe Authorized key box type the RSA password for example ssh rsa AAAAB3Nza D9Y2gXF9ac root routera lab router net 4 Click OK 5 Click OK a second time to return to the System level in the configuration editor hierarchy Set the root password For example set root authentication ssh rsa ssh rsa AAAAB3Nza D9Y2gXF9ac rootGroutera lab router net Define
222. mit Data 60 5 Receive Data 57 4 Request to Send 48 5 Clear to Send 33 6 Data Set Ready 57 7 Signal Ground L 8 Data Carrier Detect 56 15 Transmit Clock 52 17 Receive Clock 45 18 Local Loopback 9 20 Data Terminal Ready 5 24 Terminal Clock 22 to 21 z z RS 422 449 EIA 449 DTE Cable Pinout Table 52 RS 422 449 EIA 449 DTE Cable Pinout LFH 60 Pin DC 37 DB 37 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 15 1 Shield Ground 60 4 59 Send Data A 56 5 55 Send Timing A Serial PIM Cable Specifications m 181 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 52 RS 422 449 ElA 449 DTE Cable Pinout continued LFH 60 Pin DC 37 DB 37 Pin LFH 60 Pairing Description 1 6 2 Receive Data A 48 7 47 Request to Send A 5 8 6 Receive Timing A 37 9 38 Clear to Send A 41 0 Local Loopback 9 1 10 Data Mode A 33 2 34 Terminal Ready A 13 3 14 Receive Ready A 52 7 51 Terminal Timing A 36 9 Signal Ground 4 20 Receive Common 59 22 60 Send Data B 55 25 56 Send Timing B 2 24 1 Receive Data B 47 25 48 Request to Send B 6 26 5 Receive Timing B 58 27 57 Clear to Send B 10 29 9 Data Mode B 54 50 1555 Terminal Ready B 14 51 15 Receiver Ready B 51 35 52 Terminal Timing B 57 37 Send Common 26 to 25 18 to 17 5 E 182 Mm Serial PIM Cable Specifications RS 422 449 ElA 449 D
223. mpe dont l inclinaison est sup rieure a 10 degr s Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden A WARNING Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader Aviso Nao utilize uma rampa com uma inclina o superior a 10 graus Atenci n No usar una rampa inclinada mas de 10 grados Varning Anv nd inte ramp med en lutning p mer n 10 grader Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings Single mode Physical Interface Modules PIMs are equipped with laser transmitters which are considered a Class 1 Laser Product by the U S Food and Drug Administration and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product per EN 60825 1 requirements Observe the following guidelines and warnings m General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 222 m Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 222 m Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 222 m Laser Beam Warning on page 225 m Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 224 Safety Guidelines and Warnings MW 221 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide General Laser Safety Guidelines When working around PIMs observe the following safety guidelines to prevent eye injury m Donot look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources m Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments m Avoid direct exposure to the beam WARNING Unterminat
224. n C NOTE Either a straight through or cross over cable can be used to connect to the interface Table 60 Fast Ethernet RJ 45 Connector Pinout Pin Signal 1 TX 2 TX RX 4 Termination network 5 Termination network 6 RX 7 Termination network 8 Termination network Gigabit Ethernet uPIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout Table 61 on page 189 describes connector pinout information for 8 port and 16 port Gigabit Ethernet uPIM ports Table 61 Gigabit Ethernet uPIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout Pin Signal Name Function 1 BI_DA Bidirectional pair A 2 BI_DA Bidirectional pair A Fast Ethernet RJ 45 Connector Pinout m 189 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 61 Gigabit Ethernet uPIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout continued Pin Signal Name Function 3 BI_DB Bidirectional pair B 4 BI_DC Bidirectional pair C 5 BI_DC Bidirectional pair C 6 BI_DB Bidirectional pair B 7 BI_DD Bidirectional pair D 8 BI_DD Bidirectional pair D Gigabit Ethernet ePIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout Table 62 on page 190 describes connector pinout information for 1 port Gigabit Ethernet ePIM ports Table 62 Gigabit Ethernet ePIM RJ 45 Connector Pinouts Pin Signal 1 MDIO 2 MDIO 3 MDI 4 MDI2 5 MDI2 6 MDI 7 MDI3 8 MDI3 Chassis Console Port Pinouts The console port on a J series Ser
225. n page 67 4 For the power supply a Insert the appliance coupler end of a power cord into the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate as shown in Figure 49 on page 85 through Figure 51 on page 86 b Insert the plug into an AC power source receptacle 5 Verify that the power cord does not block access to router components or drape where people can trip on it 6 OnJ2320 and J2350 routers use the power cable tie as follows to relieve strain on the cable see Figure 49 on page 85 and Figure 50 on page 86 a Wrap the loose end of the tie around the cable and insert it into the opening on the tie b Pullthe end to tighten the tie To release the tie from the cable press down the tab on the tie and loosen it Figure 49 Connecting AC Power to the J2320 Services Router Grounding lug Screw with captive washer Protective earthing point on chassis Connecting Power m 85 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 50 Connecting AC Power to the J2350 Services Router Grounding lug Screw with Protective earthing captive washer point on chassis Washer Grounding lug Connecting DC Power 86 m A CAUTION If your J6350 Services Router includes an optional redundant DC power supply connect each of the two power supplies to different input power sources Failure to do so makes the router susceptible to total power failure if one of the power supplies fails Connectin
226. n to power off the Services Router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off c Unplug the power cord or cable from the power source receptacle d Remove the screws from the sides and the top of the chassis and slide the cover off the chassis Locate the Crypto Module socket on the system board see Figure 84 on page 150 The socket is tipped up at an angle when empty If a screw and standoff washer are already in place see Figure 85 on page 151 remove them Remove the Crypto Module from its electrostatic bag and insert it into the socket Push the Crypto Module down flat against the main board until the release clips click into place as shown in Figure 86 on page 151 Insert the standoff washer under the Crypto Module Insert the screw and tighten it until snug Do not overtighten Slide the cover onto the router and replace and tighten the cover screws Replace the power cord or cable Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Verify that the Crypto Module is correctly installed by issuing the show chassis hardware command as shown in the following example user host gt show chassis hardware Hardware inventory Item Version Part number Serial number Description Chassis JN1086A34ADA J4350 Midplane REV 00 710 014594 System IO REV 00 710 012315 JX350 System IO Routing Engine REV 00 710 012149 RE J4350 2540 Crypto Module Crypto acceleration FPC 0 FPC PIC
227. nd J2350 Routers Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components 8 Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily 9 Verify that the Crypto Module is correctly installed by issuing the show chassis hardware command as shown in the following example user host gt show chassis hardware user host gt show chassis hardware Hardware inventory Item Version Part number Serial number Description Chassis JN1086AA8ADA J4350 Midplane REV 00 710 012339 NE0664 System IO REV 00 710 012315 NE3564 JX350 System IO Crypto Module Crypto Acceleration Routing Engine REV 00 710 012149 RE J4350 2540 FPC 0 FPC PIC 0 4x GE Base PIC Power Supply O If Crypto Module appears in the output the Crypto Accelerator Module is installed correctly Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J4350 and J6350 Routers The Crypto Accelerator Module is a processor card that enhances performance of cryptographic algorithms used in IP security IPSec services The Crypto Module is a standard feature on J6550 Services Routers and an optional feature on the J4350 Services Routers Figure 84 on page 150 shows the location of the Crypto Accelerator Module Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J4350 and J6350 Routers m 149 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 84 Crypto Accelerator Module Location on J4350 and J6350 Routers Crypto Accelerator Module
228. ne whether there is a Crypto Accelerator Module installed on your router issue the show chassis hardware command m Compact flash Provides primary storage for software images configuration files and microcode J4350 and J6350 routers have a slot on the motherboard for an internal compact flash For information about replacing the compact flash see Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 129 J4350 and J6350 Boot Devices The 4550 and 6550 Services Routers can boot from two devices m Internal compact flash m USB storage device Normally the J4350 or 6550 Services Router boots from the internal compact flash If the compact flash fails the router attempts to boot from the USB storage device J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features m 25 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide J4350 and J6350 Front Panel 26 m The front panel of the Services Router see Figure 19 on page 26 allows you to install or remove PIMs view router status LEDs access the console port and perform simple control functions Figure 19 Front of J4350 and J6350 Chassis POWER STATUS RESET CONFIG Physical Interface Modules PIMs LED LED button al v E E i e J J d JL n JL 5 k i P o igi I i s i D omo o
229. ng Basic Settings with a Configuration Editor ssssss 110 Verifying Basic Connectivity and the Configuration sssssssssss 115 Displaying Basic Connectivity Configurations sssssse 114 Installing JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services 115 Maintaining Services Router Hardware Replacing Hardware Components 119 Tools arid Parts Requited s oed e oia 119 Replacing the Console Port Cable ente etn eee ids 120 Replacing a PIM datos oe eget t nte tech ea o suus A UR s so 120 REMOVING a PIM enee desst gege 120 Iristalling a PIM ee Ee Ee e ERR ER Shakes 122 Replacing PIM Cables trem rh tt ot e eee eode e meus DEER da 125 Removing PIM Cables tit test etn ePi Matador 125 Installing PIM Cables 54 re eh pom ec dece e a etae re Fat edes 125 Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers 124 Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J2320 and J2350 Routers 126 Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J4350 and J6350 Routers 129 Replacing External Compact Flashes nono nnnnncnnnno 152 Replacing USB Storage Devices ssssssssssss nan n cnn nnnnnnos 154 Removing the USB Storage Deviens issn Secsecane nna eea 134 Installing the USB Storage Device ssssssssss 155 Replacing DRAM Modules Deeg eb etc dte ete does 156 Removing a DRAM Module He 157 Installing a DRAM Module esee endet tesis ee eee rb ree genda 158 Replacing Power System Componen
230. ng conditions A red alarm condition requires immediate action m One or more hardware components have failed m One or more hardware components have exceeded emperature thresholds m An alarm condition configured on an interface has riggered a critical warning Yellow On steadily Minor alarm condition requires monitoring or maintenance m ndicates a noncritical condition on the router that if eft unchecked might cause an interruption in service or degradation in performance m A missing rescue configuration or software license generates a yellow system alarm Unlit Off No alarms For information about alarm conditions and corrective actions see Monitoring and Correcting Chassis Alarm Conditions on page 157 For additional information see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide 28 HW J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Table 15 HA LED Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features HA LED The HA high availability LED is located in the front panel near the power status LED of the LED dashboard The LED lights when the router starts but otherwise remains unlit Table 15 on page 29 describes the HA LED Color State Description Green On steadily All cluster members and monitored links are available Red On steadily A cluster member is missing or unreachable or the other node is no longer part of a cluster because it has been disabled by the dual membership an
231. ns Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts The network interfaces supported on the router accept different kinds of network cable m Serial PIM Cable Specifications on page 179 m Fast Ethernet RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 189 m Gigabit Ethernet uPIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 189 m Gigabit Ethernet ePIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 190 m Chassis Console Port Pinouts on page 190 m El and T1 RJ 48 Cable Pinouts on page 191 m 3 and T5 BNC Connector Pinout on page 194 wm ADSL and G SHDSL RJ 11 Connector Pinout on page 194 m ISDN RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 195 Serial PIM Cable Specifications The 2 port serial PIM uses the cables and connectors summarized in Table 49 on page 179 Pinouts are detailed in Table 50 on page 180 through Table 59 on page 188 Table 49 2 Port Serial PIM Cables and Connectors End to End Name Connector Connector Hardware Conductors Pinouts RS 232 DTE DB 25 male 4 40 threaded 13 Table 50 on page 180 jackscrews RS 232 DCE DB 25 female 4 40 threaded jacknuts 13 Table 51 on page 181 RS 422 449 ElA 449 DC 37 DB 37 male 4 40 threaded 25 Table 52 on page 181 DTE jackscrews RS 422 449 ElA 449 DC 37 DB 37 female 4 40 threaded jacknuts 25 Table 55 on page 185 DCE Serial PIM Cable Specifications m 179 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 49 2 Port Serial PIM Cables and Connectors continued
232. nsure that the equipment rack into which the Services Router is installed is evenly and securely supported to avoid the hazardous condition that could result from uneven mechanical loading WARNING To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the router in a rack take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable The following directives help maintain your safety m The router must be installed into a rack that is secured to the building structure m The router should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack m When mounting the router in a partially filled rack load the rack from the bottom to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack m Ifthe rack is provided with stabilizing devices install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the router in the rack WARNING Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft De onderstaande richtlijnen worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren m De Juniper Networks router moet in een stellage worden ge nstalleerd die aan een bouwsel is verankerd a Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige in het rek is Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 217 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Ha
233. nt interval can vary depending on the environment where the router is located If temperature alarms appear inspect the air filter To replace the air filter 1 Ov GBs Sa Remove the filter cover by squeezing the plastic tabs on either side of the filter cover Pull the filter cover away from the chassis Remove the old filter Place the new filter in the opening Replace the filter cover by pressing it until it clicks into place Replacing Air Filters on J4350 and J6350 Routers m 155 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 156 1H Replacing Air Filters on J4350 and J6350 Routers Chapter 9 Troubleshooting a Services Router This chapter contains the following topics m Troubleshooting Hardware Components on page 157 m Resetting the Configuration File When the Router Is Inaccessible on page 160 m Recovering the Root Password on page 161 m Recovering Primary Boot Devices on page 164 m Contacting the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 167 Troubleshooting Hardware Components This section contains the following topics m Monitoring and Correcting Chassis Alarm Conditions on page 157 m Troubleshooting Power Management on page 159 Monitoring and Correcting Chassis Alarm Conditions You can monitor alarms to troubleshoot hardware problems on a Services Router Alarms alert you to conditions on the router chassis or in the system software that might prevent the router from operating normal
234. nt mount the J4350 and J6350 Services Routers in a rack In general a center mount rack is preferable to a front mount rack because the more even distribution of weight in the center mount rack provides greater stability Many types of racks are acceptable including four post telco racks enclosed cabinets and open frame racks For more information about the type of rack or cabinet the J series router can be installed into see Rack Requirements on page 64 WARNING If you are installing multiple routers in one rack install the lowest one first and proceed upward in the rack Install heavier routers in the lower part of the rack The router must be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack WARNING The chassis weighs between 23 lb 10 4 kg and 30 7 lb 13 9 kg Read and follow the lifting guidelines in Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 216 To install the J4350 or J6350 into a rack 1 Attach the mounting brackets to the sides of the chassis see Figure 45 on page 81 You can position the brackets either in the center or the front Positioning the brackets in the center offers greater stability Figure 45 Installing the Mounting Brackets 9008860 N N 2 Attach a screw to each rack rail in the third hole down from where you want the top of the router to be positioned Screw only part way in leaving about in 6 mm distance between the screw head and the rail see Figure 46
235. nting Brackets on J2320 and J2350 Routers Mounting brackets 9004143 2 Have one person grasp the sides of the router lift the router and position it in the rack Installing J2320 and J2350 Routers m 79 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 3 Align the top hole in each mounting bracket with a hole in each rack rail as shown in Figure 45 on page 80 and Figure 44 on page 80 making sure the chassis is level Figure 43 Hanging a J2320 Router in a Rack oo 1 ooo 1 KK o o loooooc lt asa es ee scoobpooee a Figure 44 Hanging a J2350 Router in a Rack D 1 1 oo oo Y ooo 1 oe beooooosoopoooooooo ooo 1 dg oals 1 o0 o 9004136 4 Have a second person install a mounting screw into each of the two aligned holes With a number 2 Phillips screwdriver tighten the screws 5 Verify that the mounting screw on one side of the rack is aligned with the mounting screw on the opposite side and that the router is level 6 Install the second screw in each mounting bracket Installing J4350 and J6350 Routers A WARNING DC powered Services Routers are intended for installation only in a restricted access location 80 1 installingJ4350 and J6350 Routers Chapter 5 Installing and Connecting a Services Router You can center mount or fro
236. nts for Environmental Requirements mini 255 LITHIUM Battery eet te deret dre remet e Fe tpe T P Ee ui Rd en 255 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirement eccerre errr 255 Cariada iicet Shea derer be A 255 European Community or e E otn e E di e RE e tee 255 A o oet oed Ter th reet E he Goudie epe ee des 256 UNICO SLATES c eie ertet reete esee eoi gil vad ad tet 257 ECC Part LS StateMent uet cec e teque IR ner d Ca 257 FOG Part 68 Statement iei oit E entire Dee Run 257 Part 5 Index lato d M tae ea GENEE E NEE 241 Table of Contents W xiii JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide xiv MW Table of Contents About This Guide Objectives Audience This preface provides the following guidelines for using the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide m Objectives on page xv m Audience on page xv m Supported Routing Platforms on page xvi m How to Use This Manual on page xvi m Document Conventions on page xviii m JUNOS Software Documentation for J series Services Routers and SRX series Services Gateways on page xx m Documentation Feedback on page xxi m Requesting Technical Support on page xxii This guide contains an overview basic instructions and specifications for J2320 J2350 J4350 and J6350 Services Routers running JUNOS software with enhanced services It explains how to prepare your site for installation unpack and install J series Services Router and its components power on the
237. ny types of racks or cabinets For information about acceptable rack types see Rack Requirements on page 64 In addition to the features described in subsequent sections the chassis includes the following features a Mounting brackets One pair of metal brackets can be mounted at the front or center of the chassis Use the brackets for mounting the chassis in a rack or cabinet m Earthing terminals Two protective earthing terminals PEM nuts at the rear of the chassis ensure safe dissipation of static electricity in all situations m ESD point One electrostatic discharge ESD point a banana plug receptacle at the front of the chassis minimizes the risk of electrical discharge in potentially hazardous environments A CAUTION Before removing or installing components of a functioning router attach an ESD strap to an ESD point and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist Failure to use an ESD strap could result in damage to the router The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation The protective earthing terminals on the rear of the chassis are provided to connect the router to ground see Figure 14 on page 22 Additional grounding is provided to an AC powered router when you plug its power supply into a grounded AC power receptacle For additional safety information see Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information on page 197 J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Feature
238. o its default behavior remove the config button statement from the router configuration Recovering the Root Password If you forget the root password for the router you can use the password recovery procedure to reset the root password Recovering the Root Password m 161 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 162 m NOTE You need console access to recover the root password To recover the root password 1 2 Power off the router by pressing the power button on the front panel Turn off the power to the management device such as a PC or laptop computer that you want to use to access the CLI Plug one end of the Ethernet rollover cable supplied with the router into the RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter supplied with the router see Figure 91 on page 162 Plug the RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter into the serial port on the management device see Figure 91 on page 162 Connect the other end of the Ethernet rollover cable to the console port on the router see Figure 91 on page 162 Figure 91 Connecting to the Console Port on the J4350 or J6350 Services Router Serial port RJ 45 rollover cable Turn on the power to the management device On the management device start your asynchronous terminal emulation application such as Microsoft Windows Hyperterminal and select the appropriate COM port to use for example COM1 Configure the port settings as follows m Bits pe
239. o the management device such as a PC or laptop computer that you are using to access the CLI Plug one end of the Ethernet cable supplied with your router into the RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter supplied with your router see Figure 57 on page 100 Plug the RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter into the serial port on the management device see Figure 57 on page 100 Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the console port on the router Figure 57 on page 100 Turn on the power to the management device Start your asynchronous terminal emulation application such as Microsoft Windows Hyperterminal and select the appropriate COM port to use for example COM1 Configure the port settings as follows m Bits per second 9600 m Data bits 8 m Parity None m Stop bits 1 m Flow control None Power on the router by pressing the power button on the front panel Verify that the POWER LED on the front panel turns green The terminal emulation screen on your management device displays the boot sequence When the router has finished booting a login prompt appears Log in as the user root No password is required at initial connection but you must assign a root password before committing any configuration settings Connecting to a Services Router m 99 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 56 Connecting to the Console Port on J2320 and J2350 Routers Serial port Figure 57
240. o touch any electrical components on the module and firmly pull it out of the slot on the system board Place the DRAM module on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag Replacing DRAM Modules M 137 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 76 Installing or Replacing DRAM Modules Remove Chassis rear Installing a DRAM Module 138 m Install Chassis rear 9004112 J2320 J2350 J4350 and J6350 Services Routers support 256 MB and 512 MB DRAM modules Use only DRAM modules purchased from Juniper Networks specifically for your model ES NOTE If you are installing a second DRAM module do not install it in a slot adjacent to the first module For example ifthe first DRAM module is installed in slot 1 install the second module in slot 3 see Figure 74 on page 136 and Figure 75 on page 137 To install a DRAM module 1 Take the following steps if you have not already done so a Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see the Getting Started Guide for your router Press and release the power button to power off the router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off Unplug the power cord or cable from the power source receptacle Remove the screws from the sides and top of the
241. omponents Rear Power Crypto Compact Fans 3 DRAM supply Accelerator flash Module drive A ips o o HS D H mg Ge ee T I o Doc Keen Sia aZ q T Il Midplane N pa H bi ooooo000 o oo o anne L H oo d A ama 8 d Se m 8 2 D Physical Interface Front Module PIM Table 11 on page 24 summarizes the physical specifications for the router chassis Table 11 J4350 and J6350 Physical Specifications Description Value Chassis dimensions m 3 44 in 8 74 cm high 17 44 in 44 3 cm wide 19 44 in 48 38 cm wide with mounting brackets attached m 21 13 in 55 67 cm deep plus 0 5 in 1 27 cm of hardware that protrudes from the chassis front Router weight m j4350 Services Router m Minimum no PIMs 23 Ib 10 4 kg a Maximum six PIMs 25 3 lb 11 5 kg m J6350 Services Router m Minimum no PIMs and one power supply 25 5 lb 11 6 kg m Maximum six PIMs and two power supplies 50 7 lb 13 9 kg 24 W J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features J435
242. on about site power preparations see Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications on page 67 For information about connecting the router to power and ground see Connecting Power on page 84 J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features M 31 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Power supplies on J6350 Services Routers are hot removable and hot insertable You can remove and replace a redundant power supply without powering down the router or disrupting the routing functions To avoid electrical injury carefully follow the instructions in Replacing Power System Components on page 139 NOTE You cannot mix DC and AC power supplies in the same chassis WARNING DC powered Services Routers are intended for installation only in a restricted access location J4350 and J6350 Cooling System 32 m The cooling system includes three fans at the rear of the chassis The airflow produced by these fans keeps router components within the acceptable temperature range see Figure 21 on page 33 The speed of the fans is adjusted automatically according to the current temperature An air filter protects the air intake opening at the front of the chassis and must be replaced periodically For instructions see Replacing Air Filters on J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 154 The Routing Engine monitors the temperature of the router components If the maximum temperature specification as measur
243. on page 105 C NOTE You must manually configure the IP address for the management port you are using before you save your initial configuration When you save the configuration for the first time you will lose the connection to the router if you have not manually configured the IP address If you lose connection through the management interface you must connect through the console port Connecting to a Services Router MN 97 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 54 Connecting to the Gigabit Ethernet Port on J2320 and J2350 Routers 9004137 RJ 45 cable Ethernet port 9003809 RJ 45 cable Connecting to the CLI Locally If you plan to use the CLI to configure the router you must connect through the console port as shown in Figure 56 on page 100 and Figure 57 on page 100 ec NOTE Figure 56 on page 100 and Figure 57 on page 100 show a connection to a local management device A remote connection to the router through a modem requires the cable and connector shown provided in the router s accessory box plus a DB 9 female to DB 25 male or similar adapter for your modem which you must purchase separately 98 Mm Connecting to a Services Router Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity To connect to the CLI using a local management device through the console port on the router la 2 Turn off power to the router Turn off the power t
244. onnector at the other end of the cable into the external management device If you are connecting to a DB 9 serial port use the provided RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter To remove or install field replaceable Physical Interface Modules PIMs in a Services Router you must first power off the router This section contains the following topics m Removing a PIM on page 120 m Installing a PIM on page 122 The PIMs are installed in the front of the Services Router A PIM weighs less than 1 Ib 0 5 kg 120 1H Replacing the Console Port Cable Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components CAUTION Do not hot swap WXC Integrated Services Modules Failure to power off the router before removing or installing a WXC Integrated Services Module might result in damage to the hardware Figure 59 Removing a PIM Captive screws To remove a PIM see Figure 59 on page 121 I Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface to receive the PIM Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the Services Router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 Press and release the power button to power off the router Verify that the POWER LED blinks and then turns off Label the cables connected to the PIM so that you
245. onventions Bold text like this Represents J Web graphical user interface GUI items you click or select m Inthe Logical Interfaces box select All Interfaces m To cancel the configuration click Cancel Document Conventions Wi xix JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 3 Text and Syntax Conventions continued Convention Description Examples gt bold right angle bracket Separates levels in a hierarchy of J Web In the configuration editor hierarchy selections select Protocols Ospf JUNOS Software Documentation for J series Services Routers and SRX series Services Gateways Table 4 on page xx lists the software manuals and release notes for J series Services Routers running JUNOS software with enhanced services and SRX series services gateways running JUNOS software All documents are available at http www juniper net techpubs Table 4 JUNOS Software Documentation for J series Services Routers and SRX series Services Gateways Book Description All Platforms JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Explains how to configure J series and SRX series interfaces Configuration Guide for basic IP routing with standard routing protocols ISDN service firewall filters access control lists and class of service CoS traffic classification JUNOS Software Security Configuration Guide Explains how to configure and manage J series and SRX series security services
246. op een plaats Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 229 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 230 m waar de maximale aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40 C wordt overschreden Om te voorkomen dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt dient er minstens 15 2 cm speling rond de ventilatie openingen te zijn WARNING Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks router sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi sit ei saa k ytt tilassa jonka l mp tila ylitt korkeimman suositellun ymp rist l mp tilan 40 C Ettei ilmanvaihto estyisi tuuletusaukkojen ymp rille on j tett v ainakin 15 2 cm tilaa WARNING Attention Pour viter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper Networks router ne l utilisez pas dans une zone o la temp rature ambiante est sup rieure 40 C Pour permettre un flot d air constant d gagez un espace d au moins 15 2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations WARNING Warnung Um einen Router der router vor berhitzung zu sch tzen darf dieser nicht in einer Gegend betrieben werden in der die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene Maximum von 40 C berschreitet Um L ftungsverschluf zu verhindern achten Sie darauf da amp mindestens 15 2 cm lichter Raum um die L ftungs ffnungen herum frei bleibt WARNING Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei router non adoperateli in un locale che ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di 40 C Per evitare che la circolazione dell ar
247. ord The root user has complete privileges to configure the Services Router and manage files in the router s file system Initially the root password is not defined on the 92 Mm Basic Connectivity Overview Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity router To ensure basic security you must define the root password during initial configuration If a root password is not defined you cannot commit configuration settings to take effect on the router If you use a plain text password the router displays the password as an encrypted string so that users viewing the configuration cannot easily see the password The root password must meet the following conditions m The password must be at least 6 characters long m You can include most character classes in a password alphabetic numeric and special characters except control characters m Valid passwords must contain at least one change of case or character class Time Zone and System Time Network Settings Default Gateway You define the time zone for the location where you plan to operate the Services Router by using a designation that consists of the following information for the location m Name of the continent or ocean For example America or Atlantic m Name of the major city or other geographic feature in the time zone For example Detroit or Azores A Network Time Protocol NTP server provides accurate time across a network The router synchronizes the system
248. ore you configure the router gather the information described in Before You Begin on page 95 Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration mM 103 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide To configure basic settings with J Web Quick Configuration 1 Ifyou have not already done so connect a management device to the ge 0 0 0 interface on port 0 0 For instructions see Connecting to the J Web Interface on page 97 2 If the Set Up Quick Configuration page is not displayed select Configuration gt Quick Configuration gt Set Up 3 Enter information into the Set Up Quick Configuration page as described in Table 42 on page 104 4 Click one of the following buttons m To apply the configuration and stay in the Set Up Quick Configuration page click Apply m To apply the configuration and return to the Quick Configuration page click OK m To cancel your entries and return to the Quick Configuration page click Cancel NOTE After initial configuration is complete the Services Router stops functioning as a DHCP server If you change the IP address of ge 0 0 0 and have the management device configured to use DHCP you lose your DHCP lease and your connection to the router through the J Web interface To reestablish a connection either set the IP address on the management device manually or connect ge 0 0 0 to the management network and access the router another way for example throug
249. ortions of the GateD software copyright 9 1988 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Portions of the GateD software copyright 9 1991 D L S Associates This product includes software developed by Maker Communications Inc copyright 9 1996 1997 Maker Communications Inc uniper Networks the Juniper Networks logo NetScreen and ScreenOS are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks Inc in the United States and other countries JUNOS and JUNOSe are trademarks of Juniper Networks Inc All other trademarks service marks registered trademarks or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners uniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document Juniper Networks reserves the right to change modify transfer or otherwise revise this publication without notice Products made or sold by Juniper Networks or components thereof might be covered by one or more of the following patents that are owned by or licensed to Juniper Networks U S Patent Nos 5 475 599 5 905 725 5 909 440 6 192 051 6 555 650 6 559 479 6 406 512 6 429 706 6 459 579 6 495 547 6 558 518 6 558 899 6 552 918 6 567 902 6 578 186 and 6 590 785 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Release 9 2 Copyright 9 2008 Juniper Networks Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA Revision History August 2008 Revision 1 The information in this document is current as of the d
250. orto occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema rimanga stabile Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza personale Il Juniper Networks router deve essere installato in un telaio il quale deve essere fissato alla struttura dell edificio Questa unit deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto se si tratta dell unica unit da montare nel supporto Quando questa unit viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno caricare il supporto dal basso all alto con il componente pi pesante sistemato sul fondo del supporto Se il supporto e dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti installare tali dispositivi prima di montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell unit nel supporto WARNING Advarsel Unng fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid pa denne enheten nar den befinner seg i et kabinett V r n ye med at systemet er stabilt Felgende retningslinjer er gitt for verne om sikkerheten Juniper Networks router m installeres i et stativ som er forankret til bygningsstrukturen Denne enheten ber monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i kabinettet Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt skal kabinettet lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr skal stabilisatorene installeres for montering eller utfering av reparasjonsarbeid p
251. out MDI crossover Maximum distance 100 m 328 ft For pinouts of cable connectors for Copper Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs see Gigabit Ethernet ePIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 190 Field Replaceable PIMs mM 45 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Limitations The Gigabit Ethernet ePIM has the following limitations m Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs do not support SNMP m Configure Gigabit Ethernet ePIM interfaces up to a maximum MTU size of 9018 bytes Installation You can install Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs in any high speed slot as follows m j4550 Install up to two Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs in slots 5 and 6 m j6550 Install up to four Gigabit Ethernet ePIMs in slots 2 5 5 and 6 C NOTE High speed slots are labeled with an E on the front panel slot number diagram To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Interface LEDs The LINK and TX RX LEDs indicate link status and activity Table 25 on page 46 describes the meaning of the LEDs Table 23 Gigabit Ethernet Port LEDs Function Color State Description LINK Green On steadily Port is online Unlit Off Port is offline TX RX Green Blinking Port is transmitting or receiving traffic Unlit Off Port might be online but it is not receiving traffic For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Optical Interface Support Table 24 on page 46 describes th
252. outer Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Replacing PIM Cables Removing and installing PIM cables does not affect Services Router function except that a PIM does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected To replace a PIM cable perform the following procedures m Removing PIM Cables on page 125 m Installing PIM Cables on page 123 Removing PIM Cables To remove a PIM cable 1 If you are removing all cables connected to the PIM issue the following CLI command to take the PIM offline userQ host request chassis fpc slot pim slot offline For example to take the PIM in slot 4 offline enter the following command userQ host request chassis fpc slot 4 offline For more information about the command see the JUNOS System Basics and Services Command Reference 2 Unplug the cable from the cable connector port 5 Detach the cable from the destination port Installing PIM Cables To install a PIM cable 1 Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIM For cable specifications see Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts on page 179 2 Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIM faceplate Replacing PIM Cables m 123 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 5 Arrange the cable as necessary to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points m Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hang
253. ower feed The J2320 AC powered chassis has a power switch and does not include a power LED For information about site power preparations see Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications on page 67 For information about connecting the router to power and ground see Connecting Power on page 84 J2350 Power System 18 m The J2350 Services Router uses either AC or DC power The autosensing power supply see Figure 4 on page 9 or Figure 5 on page 10 distributes the different output voltages to the router components according to their voltage requirements The power supply is fixed in the chassis and is not field replaceable The AC power supply has a single AC appliance inlet that requires a dedicated AC power feed The DC power supply has a terminal block that provides a single DC input 48 VDC and return and requires a dedicated 15 A 48 VDC circuit breaker The J2350 AC powered or DC powered chassis has a power switch and does not include a power LED J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features For information about site power preparations see Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications on page 67 For information about connecting the router to power and ground see Connecting Power on page 84 a NOTE You cannot mix DC and AC power supplies in the same chassis A WARNING DC powered Services Routers are intended for
254. page 194 describes the RJ 11 connector pinout Table 69 ADSL and G SHDSL RJ 11 Connector Pinout Pin Signal 1 o connect 2 o connect 5 RJ P Tip 4 RJ N Ring 5 o connect 6 o connect 194 m E3 and T3 BNC Connector Pinout Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts ISDN RJ 45 Connector Pinout The 1 port and 4 port ISDN PIMs use an RJ 45 cable which is not supplied with the PIMs Table 70 on page 195 describes the RJ 45 connector pinout Table 70 ISDN RJ 45 Connector Pinout Pin Signal 1 No connect 2 No connect 5 RJ SX P 4 RJ SR P 5 RJ SR N 6 RJ SX N 7 No connect 8 No connect 9 Shielded 10 Shielded 2 ISDN RJ 45 Connector Pinout m 195 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 196 HN ISDN RJ 45 Connector Pinout Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information To install and use the Services Router safely follow proper safety procedures This chapter discusses the following safety and regulatory compliance information m Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 197 m Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 199 m Agency Approvals on page 252 m Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements on page 255 m Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements on page 255 Definition of Safety Warning Levels This manual uses the following three levels of safety warnings a NOTE You might find t
255. pe vinylinsulated TV14 8R lug as shown in Figure 49 on page 85 and Figure 50 on page 86 m For J4350 and J6550 Services Routers The grounding cables must be at minimum 12 AWG single strand wire cable The grounding lug must be a two hole lug as shown in Figure 51 on page 86 To ground the router before connecting power you connect the grounding cable to earth ground and then attach the lug on the cable to the chassis grounding point with the screw See Connecting Power on page 84 J2320 J2350 and J4350 Services Routers have a single fixed power supply J6350 Services Routers have one or two field replaceable power supplies For more information about the J series power specifications see Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications on page 67 A WARNING DC powered Services Routers are intended for installation only in a restricted access location Connecting AC Power 84 m Connecting Power The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation The protective earthing terminal on the rear of the chassis is provided to connect the router to ground Additional grounding is provided to an AC powered router when you plug its power supply into a grounded AC power receptacle The AC power cord shipped with the router connects the router to earth ground when plugged into an AC grounding type power outlet The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation For power cor
256. pply in a J6350 Services Router see Figure 78 on page 142 1 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 Using both hands slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance Firmly push the power supply into the chassis until it comes to a stop Make sure that the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplate Insert the appliance coupler end of a power cord into the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate Insert the power cord plug into an AC power source receptacle Replacing Power System Components m 141 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide ES NOTE Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed For information about connecting to AC power sources see Connecting Power on page 84 6 Verify that the power cord does not block access to router components or drape where people might trip on it 7 Pressandrelease the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Figure 78 Installing an AC Power Supply Replacing DC Power Supply Cables To replace a power cable for a DC power supply 1 Locate a replacement power cable and a lug
257. pport For pinouts of cable connectors for Fast Ethernet PIMs see Fast Ethernet RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 189 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Fast Ethernet LEDs indicate link status port speed and activity Table 29 on page 55 describes the meaning of the LEDs Table 29 LEDs for Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM Label Color State Description LINK SPEED Green 100 Mbps On steadily Online and link is active Yellow 10 Mbps Red Disconnected Link is unavailable ACTIVITY Green Blinking Online with network traffic Green On steadily Online without traffic For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Field Replaceable PIMs M 53 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIM 54 You can install 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIMs in any of the high speed slots as follows m J4350 Install up to two 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIMs in slots 3 and 6 m J6350 Install up to four 4 Port Fast Ethernet ePIMs in slots 2 3 5 and 6 NOTE For 4 port Fast Ethernet ePIMs if you apply a CoS scheduler map on outgoing egress traffic the router does not divide the bandwidth appropriately among the CoS queues As a workaround configure enforced CoS shaping on the ports The 4 Port 10 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet ePIM shown in Figure 55 on page 54 has four physical Fast Ethernet ports Fi
258. quirements and A E ER 206 DC power redundant power supplies 205 A EN PUER 202 GEET 199 grounded egutpment eee 210 in case of electrical accident 211 installation jewelry removal lasers and LE SE lightening actHhvitv maintenance and operation D multiple power supplies 2 0 0 0 eres operating emperaturge ee eeeeees power dsconnectHon ccc eeeeeteeeeeeetteeees product disposal eee eo Ment TacK TnOUFt HB eric e E e SERGE ramps svedese edt nee ag ANS read installation Instructoms eee 216 telecommunications cord 215 TN DOWEL syste O 214 safety standarde He 252 fire Safety ose c re Ge Ped bem 66 sample configuration for basic Connectivity ast ata e be tabe teas 114 serial number chassis components Jabel 169 170 doy EET 172 power Supply uet Legatis lie potete ps 172 serial ports cables and Connectors 179 Dual Port Serial PIM 545 ptite ie ee 47 EIA 550A DCE PINOUTS eee eee ee teens 185 EIA 550A DTE PIQUE acatar lid 184 LED States dax o odo La Es ana dae feats fas 48 RS 252 DCE PINUS puppet pete sde 181 RS 232 DTE Ee 180 RS 422 449 EIA 449 DCE pinoute 185 RS 422 449 EIA 449 DTE pinouts 181 V 55 DCE PINGUS ote poete hao tette V 35 DTE pinouts X 21 DCE pinouts 2521 DTE PINUS e service provider contacting for ISDN provisioning 74 Services Router BACKUP curated Lec esee Re ARP ate 94 GleatatiCe uv Cn dette ii 65 CORTE CUtg osten d
259. r 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information Varning Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord RTN till RTN 48 V till 48 V Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar 48 V till 48 V RTN till RTN jord till jord DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning WARNING When stranded wiring is required use approved wiring terminations such as closed loop or spade type with upturned lugs These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and should clamp both the insulation and conductor WARNING Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is dient u bedrading te gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten zoals het gesloten lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen WARNING Varoitus Jos s ikeellinen johdin on tarpeen kayta hyv ksytty johdinliitantaa esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liit nt jossa on yl sp in k nnetyt kiinnityskorvat T llaisten liit nt jen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sek eristeen ett johdinosan WARNING Attention Quand des fils torsad s sont n cessaires utiliser des douilles terminales homologu es telles que celles circuit ferm ou du type plage ouverte avec cosses rebrouss es Ces douilles terminales doivent tr
260. r DC power supply an external compact flash and two universal serial bus USB ports for external storage and an optional Crypto Accelerator Module J2350 routers ordered with the optional Crypto Accelerator Module come standard with 1 GB of memory while those ordered without the Crypto Accelerator Module come standard with 256 MB of memory The memory on J2350 routers can be upgraded to 1 GB For instructions on upgrading memory see Replacing DRAM Modules on page 156 Each J2350 chassis contains four built in Gigabit Ethernet ports with link speeds of 10 100 1000 Mbps over a copper interface The chassis also contains five slots for field replaceable Physical Interface Modules PIMs The J2350 Services Router supports the following field replaceable PIMs and modules m Gigabit Ethernet uPIM 1 port 6 port 8 port and 16 port m Dual Port Serial PIM m Dual Port El PIM J2350 Services Router Overview Chapter 1 Overview of Services Routers m Dual Port T1 PIM m Dual Port Channelized T1 E1 ISDN PRI PIM m 4 port ISDN BRI S T or U PIM m ADSL 2 24 Annex A PIM 1 port m ADSL 2 2 Annex B PIM 1 port m G SHDSL PIM 2 ports m WXC Integrated Services Module J4350 Services Router Overview The J4350 Services Router is designed primarily for regional and branch offices It has a chassis that is 2 U rack units in size with a nonredundant AC or DC power supply and a universal serial bus USB port for external storage J43
261. r DSU vendors m Independent internal and external clocking system m Loopback payload supported only on T5 PIM local and remote bit error rate test BERT and T5 far end alarm and control FEAC diagnostics For pinouts of cable connectors for T5 and E3 PIMs see E3 and T3 BNC Connector Pinout on page 194 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Status LEDs indicate port status Table 28 on page 52 describes the meaning of the LED states Table 28 Status LEDs for T3 and E3 Ports Color State Description Green On steadily Online with no alarms or failures Red On steadily Active with a local alarm The router has detected a failure Yellow On steadily m Loopback mode T3 DS5 Remote endpoint is in red alarm failure m E5 Remote defect indication RDI Unlit Off Offline For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM The Dual Port 10 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet PIM Figure 34 on page 53 has two physical Fast Ethernet ports Figure 34 Fast Ethernet PIM 9002326 The Dual Port Fast Ethernet PIM provides the following key features Onboard network processor Full duplex and half duplex modes Media access control MAC address filtering Autonegotiation through medium dependent interface MDI and MDI crossover MDI X su
262. r on the network loopback address IP address of a Services Router on logical interface lo0 0 that is always active and available to external hosts and as the source address for outgoing packets Network Time Protocol NTP Protocol that provides a reliable way of synchronizing the system time of a router root user A superuser or system administrator who can perform any task in the file system secure shell SSH Protocol that provides a secured method of logging in to a remote network system Telnet Software that allows a computer to act as a remote terminal on a network system Basic Connectivity Overview To connect your Services Router to the network and establish basic connectivity you enter information about your network This overview contains the following topics m Router Identification on page 92 m Root Password on page 92 m Time Zone and System Time on page 95 m Network Settings on page 95 m Default Gateway on page 95 m Backup Router on page 94 m Loopback Address on page 94 m Built In Ethernet Interface Address on page 94 m Management Access on page 95 Router Identification The domain name defines the network or subnetwork that the Services Router belongs to The hostname refers to the specific machine while the domain name is shared among all the devices in a given network Together the hostname and domain name identify the router in the network Root Passw
263. r onto any Services Router component Such an action could cause electrical shock or damage the Services Router m Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their power source Such an action could cause electrical shock In addition observe the warnings and guidelines in the following sections Qualified Personnel Warning WARNING Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the Services Router Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd personeel uitgevoerd worden Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja p tev henkil kunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa t m n laitteen Attention Tout installation ou remplacement de l appareil doit tre r alis par du personnel qualifi et comp tent Warnung Ger t nur von geschultem qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder auswechseln lassen WARNING Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare o sostituire questo apparecchio Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig oppleering ber montere eller bytte ut dette utstyret Aviso Este equipamento dever ser instalado ou substitu do apenas por pessoal devidamente treinado e qualificado jAtenci n Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por personal t cnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado Varning Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas
264. r other adapter appropriate for your modem Plug the modem adapter into the DB 25 connector on the modem Connect the modem to your telephone network Turn on the power to the modem Power on the router by pressing the power button on the front panel Verify that the POWER LED on the front panel turns green Connecting to the CLI at the User End To remotely connect to the CLI through a dial up modem connected to the console port on the router Js At your remote location connect a modem to a management device such as a PC or laptop computer On the PC or laptop computer start your asynchronous terminal emulation application such as Microsoft Windows Hyperterminal Select the COM port to which the modem is connected for example COM1 Configure the port settings as follows m Bits per second 9600 m Data bits 8 m Parity None m Stop bits 1 m Flow control None In the HyperTerminal window enter AT Connecting to a Services Router Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity An OK response verifies that the modem communicates successfully with the COM port on the PC or laptop 6 To dial the modem that is connected to the console port on the router enter ATDT remote modem number For example if the number of the modem connected to the console port on the router is 0013033033030 enter ATDT 0013033033030 The router login prompt appears 7 Login as the user root No password is required at initial connection
265. r second 9600 m Data bits 8 m Parity None Recovering the Root Password 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting a Services Router m Stop bits 1 m Flow control None Power on the router by pressing the power button on the front panel Verify that the POWER LED on the front panel turns green The terminal emulation screen on your management device displays the router s boot sequence When the following prompt appears press the Spacebar to access the router s bootstrap loader command prompt Hit Enter to boot immediately or space bar for command prompt Booting kernel in 9 seconds At the following prompt enter boot s to start up the system in single user mode ok boot s At the following prompt enter recovery to start the root password recovery procedure Enter full pathname of shell or recovery for root password recovery or RETURN for bin sh recovery Enter configuration mode in the CLI Set the root password For example userQ host set system root authentication plain text password For more information about configuring the root password see the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide At the following prompt enter the new root password For example New password juniperl Retype new password At the second prompt reenter the new root password If you are finished configuring the network commit the configuration root host commit comm
266. r shall be effective unless expressly assented to in writing by the party to be charged If any portion of this Agreement is held invalid the Parties agree that such invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement This Agreement and associated documentation has been written in the English language and the Parties agree that the English version will govern For Canada Les parties aux pr sent s confirment leur volont que cette convention de m me que tous les documents y compris tout avis qui s y rattach soient redig s en langue anglaise Translation The parties confirm that this Agreement and all related documentation is and will be in the English language Abbreviated Table of Contents Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 About This Guide Services Router Overview Overview of Services Routers J series Services Router Hardware Features PIM Overview Installing a Services Router Preparing for Router Installation Installing and Connecting a Services Router Establishing Basic Connectivity Installing JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Maintaining Services Router Hardware Replacing Hardware Components Troubleshooting a Services Router Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware J series Requirements and Specifications Network Cabl
267. r shipment follow this procedure iM Retrieve the shipping carton and packing materials in which the router was originally shipped If you do not have these materials contact your Juniper Networks representative about approved packaging materials Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 On the console or other management device connected to the master Routing Engine enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the router software userhost gt request system halt Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted For more information about the command see the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide Shut down power to the router by pressing the power button on the front panel of the router Disconnect power from the router For instructions see Replacing AC Power Supply Cords on page 159 Remove the cables that connect to all external devices For instructions see Removing PIM Cables on page 123 Remove all field replaceable units FRUs from the router If the router is installed on a wall or rack have one person support the weight of the router while another person unscrews and
268. rd To establish basic connectivity on a Services Router you must identify the router connect the router to the network and specify basic network settings This section explains how to use the command line interface CLI configuration wizard for JUNOS software with enhanced services to configure basic settings so that you can connect the router to a network and further configure it using the J Web interface or the CLI NOTE To use the CLI configuration wizard you must have JUNOS software with enhanced services installed on your Services Router If JUNOS software with enhanced services is not installed on your Services Router following the instructions in Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration on page 105 to use the J Web Quick Configuration pages to configure basic settings or use the CLI as described in Configuring Basic Settings with a Configuration Editor on page 110 About the CLI Configuration Wizard The JUNOS software with enhanced services configuration wizard is a command line interface application that allows you to configure basic settings for a Services Router that is already configured with the factory default settings For details on factory default settings see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Understand these configuration wizard characteristics before using the wizard m Because the configuration wizard overrides any existing configuration it is meant to be used on a router configu
269. rdware Guide 218 m m Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert dient u het rek van onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek m Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen dient u de stabilisatoren te monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft A WARNING Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa m telineess on noudatettava erityisi varotoimia j rjestelm n vakavuuden s ilytt miseksi jotta v ltyt n loukkaantumiselta Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita m Juniper Networks router on asennettava telineeseen joka on kiinnitetty rakennukseen m Jos telineess ei ole muita laitteita aseta laite telineen alaosaan m Jos laite asetetaan osaksi t ytettyyn telineeseen aloita kuormittaminen sen alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineell ja siirry sitten sen yl osaan m Jos telinetta varten on vakaimet asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen tai sen huoltamista siin A WARNING Attention Pour viter toute blessure corporelle pendant les op rations de montage ou de r paration de cette unit en casier il convient de prendre des pr cautions sp ciales afin de maintenir la stabilit du syst me Les directives ci dessous sont destin es assurer la protection du personnel m Le rack sur lequel est mont le Juniper Networks router doit tre fix la structu
270. rdware command Crypto Accelerator Module Processor card that enhances performance of cryptographic algorithms used in IP security IPSec services The cryptographic algorithms supported include Advanced Encryption Standard AES Data Encryption Standard DES triple DES 3DES Hashed Message Authentication Code Message Digest 5 HMAC MD5 and HMAC Secure Hash Algorithm 1 SHA 1 The Crypto Module is an optional feature of J2320 and J2350 Services Routers To determine whether there is a Crypto Accelerator Module installed on your router issue the show chassis hardware command Compact flash Provides primary storage for software images configuration files and microcode J series routers have a primary or internal compact flash located on the system board For information about replacing the internal compact flash see Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 126 J2320 and J2350 Services Routers also provide a slot in the rear of the chassis into which you can insert an additional external compact flash For information about external compact flashes see J2320 and J2350 External Compact Flashes on page 18 J2320 and J2350 Boot Devices J2320 and J2350 Services Routers can boot from three devices Internal compact flash External compact flash also known as the removable compact flash 12 m J2320and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware F
271. re du b timent m Sicette unit constitue la seule unit mont e en casier elle doit tre plac e dans le bas m Si cette unit est mont e dans un casier partiellement rempli charger le casier de bas en haut en placant l l ment le plus lourd dans le bas m Sile casier est quip de dispositifs stabilisateurs installer les stabilisateurs avant de monter ou de r parer l unit en casier A WARNING Warnung Zur Vermeidung von K rperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser Einheit in einem Gestell m ssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information um sicherzustellen da das System stabil bleibt Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur Gew hrleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen Der Juniper Networks router muf in einem Gestell installiert werden das in der Geb udestruktur verankert ist Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht werden Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gef llten Gestell ist das Gestell von unten nach oben zu laden wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell anzubringen ist Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubeh r geliefert sind zuerst die Stabilisatoren zu installieren bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten WARNING Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa unit in un supp
272. re monitored links are down Unlit The node is not configured for clustering or it has been disabled by the dual membership and detection recovery process in reaction to a control link or fabric link failure 16 m RESET CONFIG Button Use the RESET CONFIG button to return the router to a previous valid configuration or to the factory default configuration or a rescue configuration The button is recessed to prevent it from being pressed accidentally For details about the RESET CONFIG button see Resetting the Configuration File When the Router Is Inaccessible on page 160 J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features Built In Gigabit Ethernet Ports Four built in Gigabit Ethernet ports provide LAN connections over copper interfaces to hubs switches local servers and workstations You can also designate an Ethernet port for management traffic When configuring one of these ports you use the interface name that corresponds to the port s location From left to right on the front panel the interface names for the ports are ge 0 0 0 ge 0 0 1 ge 0 0 2 and ge 0 0 3 For Gigabit Ethernet port pinout information see Gigabit Ethernet uPIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout on page 189 Each port has two LEDs a TX RX LED on the left side and a LINK LED on the right side Table 10 on page 17 describes the built in Ethernet port LEDs Table 10 Gigabit Ethernet Port LEDs
273. red with the factory defaults only m The configuration wizard shows default values in parenthesis m Atany time during the configuration you can type a question mark to obtain Help m To terminate the configuration at any time without completing it press Ctrl c m After you complete the configuration the wizard allows you to review it before committing it on the router 106 Mm Configuring Basic Settings Using the CLI Configuration Wizard Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity Using the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Configuration Wizard Before you use the CLI configuration wizard log in to the Services Router console as described in Connecting to the CLI Locally on page 98 or Connecting to the CLI Remotely on page 100 To invoke the configuration wizard enter config wizard at the console prompt After you invoke the wizard it presents the following series of prompts Follow the prompts as described in Table 43 on page 107 Table 43 Basic Configuration Wizard Summary Prompt Function Your Action Identification Enter host name Defines the hostname of the router Type the hostname Alphanumeric hyphen and underline characters are allowed Please enter root password Sets the root password that user root can use to log into the router Type a plain text password that the system encrypts NOTE After a root password has been defined it is required
274. rm other system services Keep the area around the chassis clear and free from dust before during and after installation Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry such as rings bracelets or chains which could become caught in the chassis Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet environments Operate the Services Router only when it is properly grounded The separate protective earthing terminal provided on this product shall be permanently connected to earth Replace fuses only with fuses of the same type and rating Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 199 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 200 m m Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet metal parts unless instructions are provided in this manual Such an action could cause severe electrical shock m Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame Such an action could result in electrical shock or fire m Avoid spilling liquid onto the Services Router chassis o
275. room circuit bedient draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast Varoitus Varmista ett tasavirtapiirissa ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista Varmistaaksesi ett virta on KATKAISTU t ysin paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin k nn suojakytkin KATKAISTU asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin ett se pysyy KATKAISTU asennossa WARNING Attention Avant de pratiquer l une quelconque des proc dures ci dessous v rifier que le circuit en courant continu n est plus sous tension Pour en tre s r localiser le disjoncteur situ sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 205 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 206 m placer le disjoncteur en position ferm e OFF et l aide d un ruban adh sif bloquer la poign e du disjoncteur en position OFF Warnung Vor Ausf hrung der folgenden Vorg nge ist sicherzustellen daf die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erh lt Um sicherzustellen da s mtlicher Strom abgestellt ist machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher f r die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf AUS und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS Stellung fest Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti v
276. routes and m JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide the dynamic routing protocols RIP OSPF BGP and IS IS y JUNOS Software CLI Reference m Configuring class of service CoS features including traffic shaping and policing m Configuring packet based stateless firewall filters access control lists to control access and limit traffic rates m Configuring MPLS to control network traffic patterns WAN Acceleration Module Installation Optional Installing and initially configuring a WXC Integrated Services WXC Integrated Services Module Installation and Configuration Module ISM 200 Guide J series Services Routers only User and System Administration How to Use This Manual W xvii JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 1 Tasks and Related Documentation continued Task Related Documentation Administering user authentication and access JUNOS Software Administration Guide Monitoring the device routing protocols and routing Operations m Configuring and monitoring system alarms and events real time performance RPM probes and performance Monitoring the firewall and other security related services Managing system log files Upgrading software Diagnosing common problems User Interfaces m Understanding and using the J Web interface m JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Quick Start J series Services Routers only m JUNOS Software Administration Guide
277. rten RTN maajohto maajohtoon Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 207 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 208 m WARNING Attention C blez l approvisionnement d alimentation CC En utilisant les crochets appropri s l extr mit de c blage En reliant la puissance l ordre appropri de c blage est rectifi pour rectifier RTN RTN puis 48 V 48 V En d branchant la puissance l ordre appropri de c blage est 48 V 48 V RIN RTN a alors rectifi pour rectifier Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours tre reli d abord et d branch pour la derni re fois Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours tre reli d abord et d branch pour la derni re fois WARNING Warnung Verdrahten Sie die Gleichstrom Versorgung mit den passenden Ans tzen am Verdrahtung Ende Wenn man Energie anschlie t wird die korrekte Verdrahtung Reihenfolge gerieben um RTN zu RTN dann 48 V bis 48 V zu reiben Wenn sie Energie trennt ist die korrekte Verdrahtung Reihenfolge 48 V bis 48 V RTN zu RTN rieb dann um zu reiben Beachten Sie da der Erdungsdraht immer zuerst angeschlossen werden und zuletzt getrennt werden sollte WARNING Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC Cablare l alimentatore CC usando i connettori adatti all estremit del cablaggio come illustrato La corretta sequenza di cablaggio da massa a massa da positivo a positivo da linea ad L e
278. rtin aukosta voi emittoitua n kym t nt s teily kun kuitukaapelia ei ole kytkettyn v lt s teilylle altistumista l k katso avoimiin aukkoihin WARNING Attention Des radiations invisibles l il nu pouvant traverser l ouverture du port lorsqu aucun c ble en fibre optique n y est connect il est recommand de ne pas regarder fixement l int rieur de ces ouvertures Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information WARNING Warnung Aus der Port ffnung k nnen unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist Vermeiden Sie es sich den Strahlungen auszusetzen und starren Sie nicht in die Offnungen WARNING Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti radiazioni invisibili possono essere emesse attraverso l apertura della porta Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate direttamente nelle aperture WARNING Advarsel Unng utsettelse for str ling og stirr ikke inn i pninger som er pne fordi usynlig str ling kan emiteres fra portens pning n r det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel WARNING Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emiss o de radiac o invisivel atrav s do orif cio da via de acesso quando esta n o tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado dever evitar a exposic o radiac o e n o dever olhar fixamente para orif cios que se encontrarem a descoberto WARNING jAtenci n Debido a que
279. s see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Alternatively you can press and release the power button to gracefully shut down the router For more information see Powering a Services Router On and Off on page 89 STATUS LED When the system is powered on the STATUS LED changes from off to blinking green Startup takes approximately 90 seconds to complete If you want to turn the system off and on again we recommend waiting a few seconds between shutting it down and powering it back up Table 7 on page 15 describes the STATUS LED Table 7 J2320 and J2350 STATUS LED Color State Description Green Blinking Router is starting up or performing diagnostics On steadily Router is operating normally Red Blinking Error has been detected ALARM LED The ALARM LED lights amber to indicate a minor condition that requires monitoring or maintenance and lights red to indicate a major condition that can result in a system shutdown When the condition is corrected the light turns off Table 8 on page 15 describes the ALARM LED Table 8 J2320 and J2350 ALARM LED Color State Description Red On steadily Major alarm indicates a critical situation on the router that has resulted from one of the following conditions A red alarm condition requires immediate action m One or more hardware components have failed One or more hardware components have exceeded temperature thresholds m An alarm condition configure
280. s Hardware Guide to receive any core files generated during a failure For information about configuring a USB storage device see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide NOTE For a list of supported USB storage devices see the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Release Notes at http www juniper net J2320 and J2350 External Compact Flashes On 2520 and J2350 routers an external compact flash also known as removable compact flash accepts a type I or II compact flash as defined in the CompactFlash Specification published by the CompactFlash Association The J2320 and J2350 chassis has a slot on the rear for external compact flashes see Figure 3 on page 9 When the external compact flash is installed and configured it automatically acts as the secondary boot device if the internal compact flash fails on startup Depending on the capacity of the external compact flash you can also configure it to receive any core files generated during a failure For information about configuring an external compact flash see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide J2320 Power System The J2320 Services Router uses AC power see Figure 3 on page 9 The autosensing power supply distributes the different output voltages to the router components according to their voltage requirements The power supply is fixed in the chassis and is not field replaceable The AC power supply has a single AC appliance inlet that requires a dedicated AC p
281. s Using the CLI Configuration Wizard m 109 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 43 Basic Configuration Wizard Summary continued Prompt Function Your Action Would you like to create a new user account yes no no If you enter y es the configuration wizard displays the following prompt Enter a new user name After you enter a username the configuration wizard prompts you for an associated password Enter user password After you enter the password the configuration wizard requests that you verify it Retype the password Defines a new non root user account Type a username composed of only alphanumeric characters the hyphen character and the underscore character For the password you must enter a value that is no less than 6 and no more than 128 characters ong It must contain at least 1 uppercase character and 1 owercase character It can include numbers and special characters SNMP Would you like to configure SNMP Network Management yes no no Configures the Simple Network Management Protocol parameters The Type the SNMP community string SNMP community string defines the If you enter y es the configuration wizard presents the following prompt relationship between an SNMP server system and the client systems The string serves as a password to control Enter community string public the client s access to the server
282. s is entered this address is set to 127 0 0 1 32 Type a 52 bit IP address and prefix length in dotted decimal notation ge 0 0 0 Address Defines the IP address and prefix length of ge 0 0 0 The interface ge 0 0 0 is typically used as the management interface for accessing the router The DHCP client sets this address to 192 168 1 1 24 if no DHCP server is found Type a 52 bit IP address and prefix length in dotted decimal notation NOTE You must enter the ge 0 0 0 address on the Quick Configuration Set Up page before you click Apply or OK If you do not manually configure this address you will lose your connection to the J Web interface when you click Apply or OK Management Access Configuring Basic Settings with J Web Quick Configuration m 105 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 42 Set Up Quick Configuration Summary continued Field Function Your Action Allow Telnet Access Allows remote access to the router using Telnet Po enable Telnet access select the check box Allow JUNOScript over Clear Text Access Allows JUNOScript to access the router using To enable JUNOScript access over clear text select the a protocol for sending unencrypted text over check box a TCP connection Allow SSH Access Allows remote access to the router using SSH To enable SSH access select the check box Configuring Basic Settings Using the CLI Configuration Wiza
283. s m 21 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 13 Front of J4350 and J6350 Chassis Mounting Physical Interface Blank ESD Mounting bracket Module PIM PIM panel point bracket Power LAN ports Console Auxiliary USB button port port ports Figure 14 Rear of J4350 AC Powered Chassis Protective Power supply AC power AC power earthing terminal fan exhaust appliance inlet switch C NOTE The J4350 AC powered chassis has a power switch and does not include a power supply LED unlike the J6350 AC powered chassis Figure 15 Rear of J6350 AC Powered Chassis Protective Power AC power Power Power supply earthing terminal supply appliance supply fan exhaust ejector inlet LED 22 NW J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features Figure 16 Rear of JA350 DC Powered Chassis FEE ELLE a Protective DC terminal Power Power supply earthing terminal block supply LED fan exhaust Figure 17 Rear of DC Powered J6350 Chassis AAA Aa n uu t a d han n6 6 i Mw Wm IN W R M i nns mmm m i d Protective Power DC Power Power supply earthing terminal supply terminal supply fan exhaust ejector block LED J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features m 23 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 18 J4350 and J6350 Hardware C
284. s to the floor m Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop m Use fasteners to maintain the shape of cable loops 4 Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port 5 Repeatthe previous steps for any additional cables 6 If the PIM is offline its status LED is steadily red issue the following CLI command to bring the PIM online userQhost request chassis fpc slot pim slot online For example to bring the PIM in slot 4 online enter the following command userQ host request chassis fpc slot 4 online For more information about the command see the JUNOS System Basics and Services Command Reference 7 Verify that the PIM status LED shines steadily green to confirm that the PIM is online You can also verify correct PIM functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic status command described in the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide eS NOTE In the show chassis fpc pic status command the PIM slot number is reported as an FPC number and the PIM number always 0 is reported as a PIC number For more information about interface naming see the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers 124 m On J2320 and J2350 routers the chassis cover fits tightly on the chassis To remove the cover from the chassis 1 Press and release the power button to power off the router Wait for the
285. sake alvorlige brannskader eller smelte fast til polene WARNING Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente retire todas as j ias que estiver a usar incluindo an is fios e rel gios Os objectos met licos aquecer o em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligac o terra podendo causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais WARNING jAtenci n Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a l neas de alimentaci n quitarse las joyas incluidos anillos collares y relojes Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando se conectan a la alimentaci n y a tierra lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o que los objetos met licos queden soldados a los bornes WARNING Varning Tag av alla smycken inklusive ringar halsband och armbandsur innan du arbetar p utrustning som r kopplad till kraftledningar Metallobjekt hettas upp n r de kopplas ihop med str m och jord och kan f rorsaka allvarliga br nnskador metallobjekt kan ocks sammansvetsas med kontakterna Lightning Activity Warning WARNING Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity WARNING Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem dient u niet aan het systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information WARNING
286. ssis having a single processing unit or as many chassis or processing units for which Customer has paid the applicable license fees provided however with respect to the Steel Belted Radius or Odyssey Access Client software only Customer shall use such Software on a single computer containing a single physical random access memory space and containing any number of processors Use of the Steel Belted Radius software on multiple computers requires multiple licenses regardless of whether such computers are physically contained on a single chassis C Product purchase documents paper or electronic user documentation and or the particular licenses purchased by Customer may specify limits to Customer s use of the Software Such limits may restrict use to a maximum number of seats registered endpoints concurrent users sessions calls connections subscribers clusters nodes realms devices links ports or transactions or require the purchase of separate licenses to use particular features functionalities services applications operations or capabilities or provide throughput performance configuration bandwidth interface processing temporal or geographical limits In addition such limits may restrict the use of the Software to managing certain kinds of networks or require the Software to be used only in conjunction with other specific Software Customer s use of the Software shall be subject to all such limitations and purchase of all applicab
287. stet trip c tte e tenere rd eins 92 defining configuration editor 111 defining configuration wizardi 107 defining Quick Configuratont 104 A tet edet e ebat EE 92 See also DNS server humidity Tequiremerit a cat ttt epe tate 66 Hyperterminal for terminal emulation local CEL CONNECTION eii ot ehe teet 99 modem connection at router for remote CLI ACCESS os step tet ed t bes ettet sedet rods modem connection for remote CLI access I ir m r ty standards nra lali late aida 252 initial configuration reguiremente 95 injury steps to takenn ect verre 211 246 mW Index installation AC power supplies J6550 ssssssese 141 air filters seo compact flash console port cable Chassis 120 Crypto Accelerator Module 148 152 DC power supplies ez 144 DRAM modile Sariari tulerit eec tere 158 Initial iia tite e ma fees 77 PIM Cabl68 icem eite aa 125 IEN WC 122 Prepara 63 FEQUITEMENES 4 sped be dade Aes idu Eo ES E 77 restricted access ID33p0 E S 79 restricted access J4350 and A ee tatis 19 51 52 80 safety guidelines and wamings 216 site checklist center rapere tte m ees 75 Site guidelines 65 USB stOrage device srt ap vet 155 Integrated Services Digital Network See ISDN interfaces J23 20 EE 4 2320 typ8s SuppOEFted tenu t e a 58 EST De 4 32350 types supported noieira 38 JASSO OEI Wild 5 J4350 types supported ee eeeee neers 39 JOSSONOVERVIEW ti
288. storage device perform the following procedures m Removing the USB Storage Device on page 154 m Installing the USB Storage Device on page 155 Removing the USB Storage Device 134 m a NOTE Depending on your configuration the Services Router might not have a USB storage device If no USB storage device is installed proceed directly to Installing the USB Storage Device on page 135 The USB storage device is installed into the USB port on the front panel of the Services Router To remove the USB storage device Replacing USB Storage Devices Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components 1 Verify the device that the router used to boot by running the show system storage command from the CLI For example user host gt show system storage Filesystem 512 blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on dev ad0s1a 218254 175546 40526 81 The boot device is mounted on The internal compact flash is located at adO The external compact flash is located at ad2 The USB storage device is located at daO This example shows that the router booted from the internal compact flash If the show system storage output indicates that the router booted from the external compact flash you need to power off the router before replacing the compact flash 2 Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat stable surface 5 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD po
289. subscriber line SHDSL physical interfaces to ATM network media types The G SHDSL PIM has two ports for ATM over SHDSL connections Figure 40 G SHDSL PIM 9002328 The G SHDSL PIM supports the following key features m Onboard network processor m 2 port two wire mode and 1 port four wire mode m Programmable line rates in both modes m 2 porttwo wire mode supports autodetection of line rate and fixed line rates from 192 Kbps to 2 504 Mbps in 64 Kbps increments m l port four wire mode supports fixed line rates from 584 Kbps to 4 608 Mbps in 128 Kbps increments m 32 virtual channels per PIM m ATM over G SHDSL framing m Dying gasp notification m Local and remote loopback diagnostics m ITU T G 991 2 ITU T G 994 1 and ITU T G 997 1 standards compliance NOTE Payload loopback functionality is not supported on ATM over SHDSL interfaces For pinouts of cable connectors for G SHDSL PIMs see ADSL and G SHDSL RJ 1 1 Connector Pinout on page 194 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 The G SHDSL PIM has two LEDs to indicate the status of the PIM and its ports Table 33 on page 59 describes the meaning of the LED states Field Replaceable PIMs Table 33 LEDs for G SHDSL PIMs Chapter 3 PIM Overview Label Color State Description ONLINE Green On steadily Online with no alarms or failures Red Disconnected Initialization of the PIM has failed Unlit off P
290. such as stateful firewall policies IPsec VPNs firewall screens Network Address Translation NAT Public Key Cryptography chassis clusters Application Layer Gateways ALGs and Intrusion Detection and Prevention IDP JUNOS Software Administration Guide Shows how to monitor J series and SRX series devices and routing operations firewall and security services system alarms and events and network performance This guide also shows how to administer user authentication and access upgrade software and diagnose common problems JUNOS Software CLI Reference Provides the complete configuration hierarchy available on J series and SRX series devices This guide also describes the configuration statements and operational mode commands unique to these devices JUNOS Network Management Configuration Guide Describes enterprise specific MIBs for JUNOS software The information in this guide is applicable to M series T series EX series J series and SRX series devices JUNOS System Log Messages Reference Describes how to access and interpret system log messages generated by JUNOS software modules and provides a reference page for each message The information in this guide is applicable to M series T series EX series J series and SRX series devices XX MW JUNOS Software Documentation for J series Services Routers and SRX series Services Gateways About This Guide Table 4 JUNOS Software Documentation for J series Services Rout
291. t Windows Hyperterminal and select the COM port to which the modem is connected for example COM1 4 Configure the port settings as follows m Bits per second 9600 m Data bits 8 m Parity None m Stop bits 1 m Flow control None 5 Inthe HyperTerminal window enter AT An OK response verifies that the modem communicates successfully with the COM port on the PC or laptop 6 To configure the modem to answer a call on the first ring enter ATSO 1 7 To configure the modem to accept modem control Data Terminal Ready DTR signals enter AT amp D1 8 To disable flow control enter AT amp KO 9 To save modem settings enter AT amp W Connecting to a Services Router M 101 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 102 m Connecting the Modem to the Console Port e NOTE Most modems have an RS 232 DB 25 connector You must separately purchase an adapter to connect your modem to the RJ 45 to DB 9 adapter and Ethernet cable supplied with the router To connect the dial up modem to the console port on the router 1 2 3 o m e Turn off power to the router Turn off the power to the modem Plug one end of the Ethernet cable supplied with your router into the console port on the router Plug the other end of the Ethernet cable into the RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter supplied with your router Connect the serial port adapter to a separately purchased DB 9 female to DB 25 male adapter o
292. talled in a chassis do not exceed the power and heat capacities for the J4350 or J6350 router see Planning for Power Management on page 72 To install a PIM see Figure 60 on page 122 1 Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the Services Router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 2 Pressandrelease the power button to power off the router Verify that the POWER LED blinks and then turns off 5 Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIM with the notches in the PIM slot in the Services Router and slide the PIM in until it lodges firmly in the router A CAUTION Slide the PIM straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the PIM 4 Tighten the captive screws on each side of the PIM faceplate 122 Mm Replacing a PIM Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components 5 Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the PIM 6 If necessary arrange the cables to prevent them from dislodging or developing stress points m Secure each cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor m Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop m Use fasteners to maintain the shape of cable loops 7 Pressandrelease the power button to power on the r
293. ted documentation are the confidential property of Juniper As such Customer shall exercise all reasonable commercial efforts to maintain the Software and associated documentation in confidence which at a minimum includes restricting access to the Software to Customer employees and contractors having a need to use the Software for Customer s internal business purposes 7 Ownership Juniper and Juniper s licensors respectively retain ownership of all right title and interest including copyright in and to the Software associated documentation and all copies of the Software Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a transfer or conveyance of any right title or interest in the Software or associated documentation or a sale of the Software associated documentation or copies of the Software 8 Warranty Limitation of Liability Disclaimer of Warranty The warranty applicable to the Software shall be as set forth in the warranty statement that accompanies the Software the Warranty Statement Nothing in this Agreement shall give rise to any obligation to support the Software Support services may be purchased separately Any such support shall be governed by a separate written support services agreement TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW JUNIPER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS LOSS OF DATA OR COSTS OR PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES OR FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT
294. tem Specification AC input voltage 100 to 240 VAC nominal AC input line frequency 50 to 60 Hz AC system current rating J2320 Services Routers 5 2 A to 1 5 A J2350 Services Routers 5 5 A to 1 5 A DC input voltage 48 to 60 VDC operating range DC system current rating 72A Table 36 AC and DC Power System Electrical Specifications for J4350 and J6350 Routers Item Specification AC input voltage 100 to 240 VAC nominal AC input line frequency 50 to 60 Hz AC system current rating J4350 Services Routers 6 A J6350 Services Routers 8 A DC input voltage 48 to 60 VDC operating range DC system current rating 20A AC Power Connection and Power Cord Specifications 2 NOTE The AC power cord for the Services Router is intended for use with the router only and not for any other use Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications W 69 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Detachable AC power cords each 2 5 m approximately 8 ft long are supplied with the Services Router The appliance coupler at the female end of the cord inserts into the appliance inlet on the faceplate of the AC power supply The coupler is type C19 as described by International Electrotechnical Commission IEC standard 60520 The plug at the male end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle that is standard for your geographical location NOTE In North America AC power
295. temperature using the show chassis routing engine command The CPU temperature runs a few degrees higher than the routing engine temperature displayed on the Monitor gt Chassis page of the J Web interface An additional fan is part of each power supply This fan is not regulated by the operating system J2320 and J2350 Services Router Hardware Features M 19 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Figure 11 Airflow Through the J2320 Chassis Front 9004139 Rear Figure 12 Airflow Through the J2350 Chassis Front J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features This section contains the following topics m J4350 and J6350 Chassis on page 21 m J4350 and J6350 Midplane on page 25 m J4350 and J6350 Routing Engine Hardware on page 25 m J4350 and J6350 Boot Devices on page 25 m J4350 and J6350 Front Panel on page 26 m J4350 Power System on page 30 20 m J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features Chapter 2 J series Services Router Hardware Features m J6350 Power System on page 31 m J4350 and J6350 Cooling System on page 32 J4350 and J6350 Chassis The J4350 and J6350 chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other router components see Figure 13 on page 22 through Figure 18 on page 24 The chassis can be installed in ma
296. ter disconnect all external cables m As when lifting any heavy object lift most of the weight with your legs rather than your back Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight and avoid twisting your body as you lift Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid Installation Instructions Warning WARNING Read the installation instructions before you connect the router to a power source Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de voeding verbindt Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen j rjestelm n yhdistamista virtalahteeseen Attention Avant de brancher le syst me sur la source d alimentation consulter les directives d installation Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen bevor Sie das System an die Stromquelle anschlie en Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information WARNING Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema all alimentatore Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene fer systemet kobles til stramkilden Aviso Leia as instru es de instala o antes de ligar o sistema sua fonte de energia jAtenci n Ver las instrucciones de instalaci n antes de conectar el sistema a la red de alimentaci n Varning L s installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess str mf rs rjningsenhet Rack Mounting Requirements and Warnings E
297. ter is intended for use with the router only and not for any other use To connect network interfaces have ready a length of cable used by the interface as specified in Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts on page 179 If your router has ISDN ports you might need an NT1 device to connect to the ISDN service For details see ISDN Provisioning on page 74 Unpacking a J series Services Router 78 Em The Services Router is shipped in a cardboard carton and secured with foam packing material The carton also contains an accessory box and quick start instructions ec NOTE The router is maximally protected inside the shipping carton Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation To unpack the router M Move the shipping carton to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible but where you have enough room to remove the router Position the carton so that the arrows are pointing up Open the top flaps on the shipping carton Remove the accessory box and verify the contents against the parts inventory on the label attached to the carton Pull out the packing material holding the router in place Verify the contents of the carton against the packing list included with the router Save the shipping carton and packing materials in case you later need to move or ship the router Unpacking a J series Services Router Chapter 5 Installing and Connecting a Services Router
298. ter is operating normally To power off a Services Router you can shut it down in one of the following ways m Graceful shutdown Press and release the power button The router begins gracefully shutting down the operating system and then powers itself off m Immediate shutdown Press the power button and hold it for more than 5 seconds The router immediately powers itself off without shutting down the operating system To remove power completely from the router unplug the AC power cord or switch off the DC power source The power button on the Services Router is a standby power switch If the router is connected to a power source when you press the power button to power the router off the router remains in standby mode and a small amount 5 V and 3 3 V of standby voltage is still available in the chassis Powering a Services Router On and Off m 89 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 90 HN Powering a Services Router On and Off Chapter 6 Establishing Basic Connectivity The JUNOS software is preinstalled on the Services Router When the router is powered on it is ready to be configured If the router does not have a configuration from the factory or your service provider you must configure the software to establish basic connectivity If you are setting up a Services Router for the first time you can use either J Web Quick Configuration or a configuration editor to configure basic connectivity If you are s
299. teret Sei ecd eet 15 Physical Interface Modules PIMs uean aiiis as tn piieis 14 Power Button and POWER LED eoe ore bete eese 14 RR EEN 15 ALARM LED ctm el ti 15 KEE Ee 16 RESET CONFIG BUON susan load vere io dette Cede ult tes 16 Built In Gigabit Ethernet Porte 17 Console Pott enee ter Meter tte Ree ete io 17 A t et are trace Ate toner eMe od utra 17 USB PON neta eet tenet Bitlis sites et stet been 17 Table of Contents WI vii JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Chapter 3 viii Table of Contents J2320 and J2350 External Compact Flashes ressast aidati 18 12320 EE 18 125350 POWEr SYSLCM ies a seta eee see reete e ET RAPERE tases ER 18 J2320 and 12350 Cooling System see prt avi erede 19 J4350 and J6350 Services Router Hardware Features sssssssssse 20 J4350 and 65350 CRaSSis orita EKRE ree nt ui ves ree ntn 21 T4350 and 6350Midplarne nr re Hee rb t RR sota 29 J4350 and J6350 Routing Engine Hardware sss 25 4350 and 6350 BOOt DEVICES temeridad 25 4350 arid J6350 Front Panel eoe tet t eerie ih Een 26 Physical Interface Modules GM 26 Power Button and POWER LEID 27 STATUS LED EEN 27 E D EE 28 HA TED cue nacen E 29 RESET CONFIG Button ERNEST WT 29 Built Gigabit Ethernet Botte calida 29 Console POP sio re a EAEE a E EE 30 AUX POR taria calida Paco tet ns 30 USB POTE zer aep ihe ost oh das netted Er Vete ted tm 30 4350 POWSE SVSIGITU ic et tote ei bd be E e Cd um
300. the slot 9 Place the compact flash on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag 10 With the vendor name and memory size facing up and the arrow pointing towards the router insert the new compact flash in the external compact flash slot see Figure 75 on page 155 Figure 73 Inserting the External Compact Flash 9004133 Compact flash 11 Replace the compact flash slot cover Replacing External Compact Flashes m 133 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 12 Tighten the pan head screws that secures the compact flash slot cover to the rear of the chassis 13 Plug the power cord into the power supply 14 Press and release the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Replacing USB Storage Devices USB storage devices are optional components on J series Services Routers Ifinstalled a USB storage device provides secondary storage for the router It can accommodate software images configuration files and microcode If the internal compact flash fails on startup and the external compact flash is not installed or fails the router boots from the USB storage device For information about configuring the USB storage device see the JUNOS Software Interfaces and Routing Configuration Guide NOTE For a list of supported USB storage devices see the JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Release Notes at http www juniper net To remove and install a USB
301. the time zone the router is located in In the Time zone list select the time zone for your router for example America Los Angeles Set the time zone For example set time zone America Los Angeles Define the NTP server that NTP requests can be sent to 1 Inthe Nested configuration section next to Ntp click Configure or Edit 2 Next to Server click Add New Entry 5 Inthe Address box type the NTP server s IP address for example 10 148 2 21 4 Click OK 5 Click OK a second time to return to the System level in the configuration editor hierarchy Set the address of the NTP server For example set ntp server 10 148 2 21 Define the DNS server that receives DNS requests 1 Next to Name server click Add New Entry 2 Inthe Address box type the address of the DNS server for example 10 148 2 32 5 Click OK Set the address of the DNS server For example set name server 10 148 2 32 Add each domain that the router belongs to 1 Next to Domain search click Add New Entry 2 Inthe Value box type the name of the domain in which the router is located for example lab router net 5 Click OK 4 Next to Domain search click Add New Entry 5 Inthe Value box type the name of another domain that the router belongs to for example router net 6 Click OK Set the domains to be searched For example set domain search lab router net set domain search router
302. through 227 7202 4 FAR 12 212 FAR 27 405 b 2 FAR 52 227 19 or FAR 52 227 14 ALT III as applicable 15 Interface Information To the extent required by applicable law and at Customer s written request Juniper shall provide Customer with the interface information needed to achieve interoperability between the Software and another independently created program on payment of applicable fee if any Customer shall observe strict obligations of confidentiality with respect to such information and shall use such information in compliance with any applicable terms and conditions upon which Juniper makes such information available 14 Third Party Software Any licensor of Juniper whose software is embedded in the Software and any supplier of Juniper whose products or technology are embedded in or services are accessed by the Software shall be a third party beneficiary with respect to this Agreement and such licensor or vendor shall have the right to enforce this Agreement in its own name as if it were Juniper In addition certain third party software may be provided with the Software and is subject to the accompanying license s if any of its respective owner s To the extent portions of the Software are distributed under and subject to open source licenses obligating Juniper to make the source code for such portions publicly available such as the GNU General Public License GPL or the GNU Library General Public License LGPL Juniper
303. ticky and difficult to clean In addition in minute amounts of moisture monoammonium phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals NOTE To keep warranties effective do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks router Ifa dry chemical fire extinguisher is used the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement Power Guidelines Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to premature failure and unreliable operation The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally responsible manner Requirements and Specifications All Services Routers are available with AC power J2350 J4350 and J6350 routers are also available with DC power For information about each router s power system see J4350 Power System on page 30 and J6350 Power System on page 31 For site wiring and power system guidelines requirements and specifications see the following sections m Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 68 m Router Power Requirements on page 69 m AC Power Connection and Power Cord Specifications on page 69 m DC Power Connection and Power Cable Specifications on page 71 m Planning for Power Management on page 72 Power Guidelines Requirements and Specifications W 67 JUNOS Software with
304. time with the NTP server and periodically accesses the NTP server to maintain the correct time The time zone and system time must be accurate so that the router schedules events and operations as expected A Domain Name System DNS server on the network maintains a database for resolving hostnames and IP addresses Network devices can query the DNS server by hostnames rather than IP addresses The router accesses the DNS servers that are added to the configuration to resolve hostnames in the order in which you list them If you plan to include your router in several domains you can add these domains to the configuration so that they are included in a DNS search When DNS searches are requested the domain suffixes are appended to the hostnames A default gateway is a static route that is used to direct packets addressed to networks not explicitly listed in the routing table If a packet arrives at the Services Router with an address that the router does not have routing information for the router sends the packet to the default gateway The default gateway entry is always present in the routing and forwarding tables Basic Connectivity Overview M 93 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Backup Router Loopback Address You can specify a backup router to take over when the routing protocol process of the Services Router is not running usually when the Services Router is booting or if its routing protocol process has
305. tion If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try and correct the interference by one or more of the following measures m Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna m Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver m Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected m Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or TV technician for help FCC Part 68 Statement This equipment complies with Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission FCC rules On the product is a label that contains the FCC registration number for this device If requested this information must be provided to the telephone company This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant See installation instructions for details If this device causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required The telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operation of this equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide
306. to perform the update For instructions see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide If the internal compact flash fails at startup the Services Router automatically boots itself from the external compact flash or USB storage device When a redundant storage medium is not available the router is unable to boot and does not come back online This situation can occur if the power fails during a JUNOS Enhanced Services upgrade and the physical or logical storage media on the router are corrupted If the primary storage medium becomes corrupted and no secondary medium is in place you can reload the JUNOS Enhanced Services image onto the corrupted compact flash with a desktop or laptop computer running either a UNIX Microsoft Windows 2000 or Windows XP operating system A CAUTION This procedure does not recover any router configuration files After you reinstall JUNOS Enhanced Services all the information on the original internal compact flash is lost Recommended Recovery Hardware and Software Before configuring compact flash recovery assemble the equipment and software listed in Table 48 on page 165 164 Mm Recovering Primary Boot Devices Chapter 9 Troubleshooting a Services Router Table 48 Recommended Recovery Hardware and Software Recommended Hardware and Software Examples Recovery Hardware Host system Desktop or laptop PC equipped with a PCMCIA controller or USB port Adapter appropriate for
307. ts ssssssssssse nano nnnnncnnnns 139 Replacing AC Power Supply Cords es tr s idad das 159 Removing an AC Power Supply from J6350 Routers ecce 140 Installing an AC Power Supply in J6550 Routers 2 0 0 0 eee 141 Table of Contents Replacing DE Power Supply Cal esni 2 4 atacado 142 Removing a DC Power S pply etre pie eue eter petite 145 Installing a DC Power Supply oriori ete oar Hee 144 Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J2320 and J2350 Routers 146 Removing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Accelerator Module 147 Installing a J2320 or J2350 Crypto Accelerator Module 148 Replacing Crypto Accelerator Modules on J4350 and J6550 Routers 149 Removing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module 150 Installing a J4350 or J6350 Crypto Accelerator Module 152 Replacing Air Filters on J2350 Routers orius cinn i an anno i 155 Replacing Air Filters on J4550 and J6550 Routers ccce 154 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting a Services Router 157 Troubleshooting Hardware Components ssssssss 157 Monitoring and Correcting Chassis Alarm Conditions sssss 157 Troubleshooting Power Management eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneees 159 Resetting the Configuration File When the Router Is Inaccessible 160 Using th RESET CONFIG Button cocoa eer ee ea sere see er ea 160 Changing the RESET CONFIG Button Behavior sssssssssee 161 Recovering the Root Password 161 Recov
308. two types of dial on demand routing backup on demand routing with a dialer filter and dialer watch See also dialer filter dialer watch dialer watch Dial on demand routing DDR backup feature that provides reliable connectivity without relying on a dialer filter to activate the ISDN interface The ISDN dialer interface monitors the existence of each route on a watch list If all routes on the watch list are lost from the routing table dialer watch initiates the ISDN interface for failover connectivity See also dial on demand routing backup dying gasp notification Ability of a Services Router with a digital subscriber line DSL connection that has lost power to send a message informing the attached DSL access multiplexer DSLAM that it is about to go offline ePIM Enhanced PIM A particular type of high speed PIM such as the Gigabit Ethernet ePIM or 4 port Fast Ethernet ePIM which can be inserted only in high speed slots slots 5 and 6 on a J4350 Services Router or slots 2 3 5 and 6 on a J6550 Services Router floating static route Route with an administrative distance greater than the administrative distance of the dynamically learned versions of the same route The static route is used only when the dynamic routes are no longer available When a floating static route is configured on an interface with a dialer filter the interface can be used for backup ISDN S T interface Interface between an IS
309. ty and Regulatory Compliance Information WARNING Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere collegata a massa Accertarsi che il dispositivo host sia collegato alla massa di terra durante il normale utilizzo Advarsel Dette utstyret skal jordes Forviss deg om vertsterminalen er jordet ved normalt bruk Aviso Este equipamento dever estar ligado terra Certifique se que o host se encontra ligado terra durante a sua utilizac o normal jAtenci n Este equipo debe conectarse a tierra Asegurarse de que el equipo principal est conectado a tierra durante el uso normal Varning Denna utrustning r avsedd att jordas Se till att v rdenheten r jordad vid normal anv ndning Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden WARNING The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket outlet Advarsel Apparatet skal kobles til en jordet stikkontakt Varning Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat n tuttag In Case of Electrical Accident If an electrical accident results in an injury take the following actions in this order 1 Use caution Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury 2 Disconnect power from the Services Router 5 If possible send another person to get medical aid Otherwise assess the condition of the victim then call for help Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning WARNING The J6350 Services Router has more than one power supply connection
310. u are not reinstalling a power supply into the emptied slot install a blank power supply panel over the slot Figure 79 Removing a DC Power Supply Ejector Installing a DC Power Supply Each power supply in a DC powered router must be connected to earth ground A ground terminal is provided on each DC power supply for this purpose To install a DC power supply see Figure 80 on page 146 144 1H Replacing Power System Components I Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is O V and that the cable leads cannot become active during installation CAUTION You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity The power source cables might be labeled and to indicate their polarity There is no standard color coding for DC power cables The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 Using both hands slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance Firmly push the power supply into the
311. uf mu bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell unit eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo Advarsel Nar enheten installeres m jordledningen alltid tilkobles f rst og frakobles sist Aviso Ao instalar a unidade a liga o terra dever ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada e a ltima a ser desligada Atenci n Al instalar el equipo conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la ltima Varning Vid installation av enheten m ste jordledningen alltid anslutas f rst och kopplas bort sist DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning WARNING Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs When connecting power the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground RTN to RTN then 48 V to 48 V When disconnecting power the proper wiring sequence is 48 V to 48 V RTN to RTN then ground to ground Note that the ground wire should always be connected first and disconnected last WARNING Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde RTN naar RTN en 48 V naar 48 V De juiste bedradingsvolgorde losgemaakt is en 48 V naar 48 V RTN naar RTN aarde naar aarde WARNING Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon RTN varten RTN 48 V varten 48 V Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys on 48 V varten 48 V RTN va
312. ugh Figure 7 on page 11 The chassis can be installed in many types of racks or cabinets For information about acceptable rack types see Rack Requirements on page 64 In addition to the components described in subsequent sections the chassis includes the following components m Mounting brackets One pair of metal brackets can be mounted at the front or center of the chassis for mounting the chassis in a rack or cabinet m Earthing terminal A protective earthing terminal and a PEM nut at the rear of the chassis ensure safe dissipation of static electricity in all situations m ESD point One electrostatic discharge ESD point a banana plug receptacle at the front of the chassis minimizes the risk of electrical discharge in potentially hazardous environments CAUTION Before removing or installing components of a functioning router attach an ESD strap to an ESD point and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist Failure to use an ESD strap could result in damage to the router The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation The protective earthing terminal on the rear of the chassis is provided to connect the router to ground see Figure 5 on page 9 Additional grounding is provided to an AC powered router when you plug its power supply into a grounded AC power receptacle For additional safety information see Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information on page 197 Figure 1
313. ure 96 on page 201 If you are returning a component place it in an electrostatic bag before packing it Figure 96 Place a Component into an Electrostatic Bag CAUTION AA ELECTROSTATIC J SENSITIVE d DEVICES DO NOT OPEN OR HANDLE EXCEPT AT A STATIC FREE WORKSTATION Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings When working on equipment powered by electricity follow the guidelines described in the following sections m General Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 202 m AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 205 m DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 204 Safety Guidelines and Warnings m 201 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 202 m m Power Sources for Redundant Power Supplies on page 205 m DC Power Disconnection Warning on page 205 m DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 206 m DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning on page 207 m DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning on page 209 m Grounded Equipment Warning on page 210 m Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden on page 211 m In Case of Electrical Accident on page 211 Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning on page 211 m Power Disconnection Warning on page 215 m TN Power Warning on page 214 m Telecommunication Line Cord Warning on page 215 General Electrical Safety Guidelines WARNING Certain ports on the router are designed for use as intrabuilding within the building interfaces only Type 2 or Type 4
314. ut av utbildad och kvalificerad personal Safety Guidelines and Warnings Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage Many Services Router hardware components are sensitive to damage from static electricity Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V You can easily generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge ESD damage which can cause intermittent or complete component failures m Always use an ESD wrist strap or ankle strap and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin A CAUTION For safety periodically check the resistance value of the ESD strap The measurement should be in the range of 1 to 10 Mohms m When handling any component that is removed from the chassis make sure the equipment end of your ESD strap is attached to one of the electrostatic discharge points on the chassis which are shown in Figure 1 on page 8 Figure 2 on page 9 and Figure 15 on page 22 m Avoid contact between the component and your clothing ESD voltages emitted from clothing can still damage components m When removing or installing a component always place it component side up on an antistatic surface in an antistatic card rack or in an electrostatic bag see Fig
315. v r n akkuun K yt vaihtamiseen ainoastaan saman tai vastaavantyyppist akkua joka on valmistajan suosittelema H vit k ytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan WARNING Attention Danger d explosion si la pile n est pas remplac e correctement Ne la remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou quivalent recommand e par le fabricant Jeter les piles usag es conform ment aux instructions du fabricant WARNING Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr Ersetzen Sie die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den Anweisungen des Herstellers WARNING Advarsel Det kan v re fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes p feil m te Skift kun med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten Kasser brukte batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner WARNING Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non installata correttamente Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dal produttore Eliminare le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore WARNING Aviso Existe perigo de explos o se a bateria for substitu da incorrectamente Substitua a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instru es do fabricante Safety Guidelines and Warnings
316. ver cable connecting the console port 162 Index WM 251 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide root password at initial local connection mone ee 99 at initial remote connection none 105 characteristics sss 92 defining cli Wizard errepi pedes 107 defining configuration editort 112 defining Quick Configuratont 104 required to commit a configuration 92 root password reCoVety ics et ee Pb Tete 161 router See Services Router Routing Engine rim EE 19 52 fan UE 158 J2320 functions and Components eee 12 J2350 functions and Components s 12 J4350 functions and Components s 25 J6350 functions and Components s 25 major Ped latro preter PS 158 midplane to PIMS eere esee tete aS 12 25 minor yellow aam 158 tead Or WHILE erTOE scade do tide tese ihe Spas 158 TOO WAL a irte tite tese cete to certus ege tutae 158 RS 232 DCE cable pinouts 181 RS 252 DTE cable pinotts sodais meten tr 180 RS 422 449 EIA 449 DCE cable pinouts 183 RS 422 449 ElA 449 DTE cable pinouts 181 S S T port See ISDN BRI ports safety guidelines and warnings AC DOWER tai 203 battery handling t ertt bnt eot 226 DG power genral arsenid ere ees 204 DC power dsconnecton a 205 DC power wiring sequence warning 207 DC power wiring terminations warning 209 DC power grounding re
317. vices Router as a DHCP server see the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Once you connect your laptop or PC to ge 0 0 0 you can use a Web browser to visit the address 192 168 1 1 24 access the J Web Set Up Quick Configuration page and complete the initial configuration of the router After you perform the initial configuration and commit it by clicking Apply or OK on the Set Up page the configured router can no longer act as a DHCP server Therefore to continue using ge 0 0 0 as a management interface you must configure the IP address of the interface as part of the initial configuration Management Access Before You Begin Telnet allows you to connect to the Services Router and access the CLI to execute commands from a remote system Telnet connections are not encrypted and therefore can be intercepted Telnet access to the root user is prohibited You must use more secure methods such as SSH to log in as root If you are using a JUNOScript server to configure and monitor routers you can activate clear text access on the router to allow unencrypted text to be sent directly over a TCP connection without using any additional protocol such as SSH SSL or Telnet Information sent in clear text is not encrypted and therefore can be intercepted For more information about the JUNOScript application programming interface API see the JUNOScript API Guide SSH also allows you to connect to the router and access the CLI to execut
318. vices Router chassis has an RJ 45 connector Table 63 on page 191 provides RJ 45 chassis console connector pinout information An RJ 45 cable is supplied with the router To connect the console port to an external management device you need an RJ 45 to DB 9 serial port adapter which is also supplied with the router 190 1m Gigabit Ethernet ePIM RJ 45 Connector Pinout Chapter 11 Network Cable Specifications and Connector Pinouts Table 63 RJ 45 Chassis Console Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description 1 RTS Output Request to Send 2 DTR Output Data Terminal Ready 3 TxD Output Transmit Data 4 GND Chassis Ground 5 GND Chassis Ground 6 RxD Input Receive Data 7 DSR Input Data Set Ready 8 CTS Input Clear to Send Table 64 on page 191 describes the DB 9 connector pinouts Table 64 DB 9 Console Connector Pinout Pin Signal Direction Description 1 DCD lt Carrier Detect 2 RxD lt Receive Data 3 TxD gt Transmit Data 4 DTR gt Data Terminal Ready 5 Ground Signal Ground 6 DSR lt Data Set Ready 7 RTS gt Request To Send 8 CTS lt Clear To Send 9 RING lt Ring Indicator E1 and T1 RJ 48 Cable Pinouts The El and T1 PIMs use an RJ 48 cable which is not supplied with the PIM CAUTION To maintain agency approvals use only a properly constructed shielded cable E1 and T1 RJ 48 Cable Pinouts m 191 JUNOS Software with Enhanced
319. visioning an ISDN Hme cece eeeeeeeteeeeees 74 Q Quick Configuration BASIC settings ed Le dde Mer tt 105 initial configuratiori i coe cette 105 Set Up ee 104 R rack installation general Tequirererts o tte eh e pet ltda 64 lifting guideline Serisi ctos eter dns 216 mounting Dracherts cece eeeeeeeteeeneees 85 order of multiple routerg eee 79 81 procedure a ee ee 79 80 safety guidelines and wamings 217 securing rack to building ees 65 size requirementsz ibid deeds 64 65 support for front mount rock 64 65 ventilation requirement ccc eeeeeeeees 64 65 radio frequency interference RFI reducing 68 ramp angle reogulrement read or write error Routing Engine recovering compact flash See compact flash recovery red alarms See major alarms redundant J6550 power supplies descriptio isene i rte repetentes ee 31 safety guidelines for power sources 205 regulatory Compllamce cece eee ereeeeeeeees 197 release notes URL ee eed dette been xv Index remote connection to router console port configuring modem at router end 101 configuring modem at user end 102 connecting modem to router 102 OVeLVIeW ed es to rove ett 100 replacement AC DOWeF COPE iuis ettet etes 139 O deeg 154 console port cable Chassis 120 Crypto Accelerator Module 146 149 DO power Cable otiose nb t sete tieng 142 DRAM Modules tai 136 external compact Hash ccc inr 152 interna
320. ware Administration Guide m 115 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 116 m Part 3 Maintaining Services Router Hardware m Replacing Hardware Components on page 119 m Troubleshooting a Services Router on page 157 m Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware on page 169 Maintaining Services Router Hardware 8 117 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide 118 1m Maintaining Services Router Hardware Chapter 8 Replacing Hardware Components Because many of the Services Router s hardware components are field replaceable units FRUS you can remove and replace them yourself When you need to replace a router component contact your customer support or sales representative to order the field replaceable unit FRU that contains the component For instructions see Contacting Customer Support and Returning Hardware on page 169 This chapter contains the following topics Tools and Parts Required on page 119 Replacing the Console Port Cable on page 120 Replacing a PIM on page 120 Replacing PIM Cables on page 123 Removing and Replacing the Chassis Cover on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 124 Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J2320 and J2350 Routers on page 126 Replacing Internal Compact Flashes on J4350 and J6350 Routers on page 129 Replacing External Compact Flashes on page 132 Replacing USB Storage Devices on page 134 Replacing DRAM Modules on page 136 Replacing Power System
321. ween the Parties 9 Termination Any breach of this Agreement or failure by Customer to pay any applicable fees due shall result in automatic termination of the license granted herein Upon such termination Customer shall destroy or return to Juniper all copies of the Software and related documentation in Customer s possession or control 10 Taxes All license fees for the Software are exclusive of taxes withholdings duties or levies collectively Taxes Customer shall be responsible for paying Taxes arising from the purchase of the license or importation or use of the Software 11 Export Customer agrees to comply with all applicable export laws and restrictions and regulations of any United States and any applicable foreign agency or authority and not to export or re export the Software or any direct product thereof in violation of any such restrictions laws or regulations or without all necessary approvals Customer shall be liable for any such violations The version of the Software supplied to Customer may contain encryption or other capabilities restricting Customer s ability to export the Software without an export license 12 Commercial Computer Software The Software is commercial computer software and is provided with restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure by the United States government is subject to restrictions set forth in this Agreement and as provided in DFARS 227 7201
322. will make such source code portions including Juniper modifications as appropriate available upon request for a period of up to three years from the date of distribution Such request can be made in writing to Juniper Networks Inc 1194 N Mathilda Ave Sunnyvale CA 94089 ATTN General Counsel You may obtain a copy of the GPL at http www gnu org licenses gpl html and a copy of the LGPL at http www gnu org licenses Igpl html 15 Miscellaneous This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflicts of laws principles The provisions of the U N Convention for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement For any disputes arising under this Agreement the Parties hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the state and federal courts within Santa Clara County California This Agreement constitutes the entire and sole agreement between Juniper and the Customer with respect to the Software and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements relating to the Software whether oral or written including any inconsistent terms contained in a purchase order except that the terms of a separate written agreement executed by an authorized Juniper representative and Customer shall govern to the extent such terms are inconsistent or conflict with terms contained herein No modification to this Agreement nor any waiver of any rights hereunde
323. wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the router is disconnected from earth ground For more information about ESD see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 201 5 Press and release the power button to power off the router Wait for the POWER LED to turn off D NOTE If the power supply is a redundant power supply in a J6350 Services Router you can leave the router powered on and power flowing in the other power supply 4 Unplug the power cord from the power source receptacle 5 Unplug the power cord from the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate 6 Insert the appliance coupler end of the replacement power cord into the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate 7 Insert the power cord plug into an AC power source receptacle ES NOTE Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed For information about connecting to AC power sources see Connecting Power on page 84 8 Verify that the power cord does not block access to Services Router components or drape where people might trip on it 9 Pressandrelease the power button to power on the router Verify that the POWER LED lights steadily Removing an AC Power Supply from J6350 Routers 140 m The power supplies are located at the right rear of the chassis A power supply weighs 2 4 lb 1 1 kg To remove an AC power supply from a J6550 Services Router see Figure
324. x clock For pinouts of cable connectors for serial PIMs see Serial PIM Cable Specifications on page 179 To install or remove a PIM see Replacing a PIM on page 120 Status LEDs indicate port status Table 25 on page 48 describes the meaning of the LED states Field Replaceable PIMs M 47 JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Hardware Guide Table 25 Status LEDs for Serial Ports Color State Description Green On steadily Online with no alarms or failures Red On steadily Active with a local alarm The router has detected a failure Unlit Off Offline For alarms see the configuring and monitoring alarms information in the JUNOS Software Administration Guide Dual Port T1 or E1 PIM 48 The Dual Port T1 PIM Figure 29 on page 48 and Dual Port E1 PIM Figure 30 on page 48 provide a physical connection to T1 or El network media types Each PIM has two physical T1 or E1 ports with an integrated channel service unit CSU or data service unit DSU Figure 29 Dual Port T1 PIM 9002331 port KU STATUS AS os o S OS E ZS SE E FU porT GI STATUS we por Le ei The Dual Port T1 and El PIMs provides the following key features 9002330 STATUS m Onboard network processor m Integrated CSU DSU Eliminates the need for a separate external device m 56 Kbps and 64 Kbps modes m ANSI TI 102 T1 107 and T1 403 standards compliance Field Replaceable PIMs Chapter 3
325. xiste riesgo para su integridad f sica Antes de manipular cualquier equipo considerar los riesgos que entra a la corriente el ctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos est ndar de prevenci n de accidentes Definition of Safety Warning Levels Chapter 12 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information A WARNING Varning Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada Innan du utf r arbete p n gon utrustning m ste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och k nna till vanligt f rfarande f r att f rebygga skador Safety Guidelines and Warnings This section lists the following safety guidelines and warnings for installing operating and maintaining a Services Router General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 199 Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 201 Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 216 Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 221 Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 225 General Safety Guidelines and Warnings The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the Services Router from damage The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times Perform only the procedures explicitly described in this manual Make sure that only authorized service personnel perfo

Juniper Networks E320 Network Router User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents